More annual reports from Metcash Limited:
2023 ReportPeers and competitors of Metcash Limited:
Amcon Distributing CompanyBIG
BENEFITS FOR
INDEPENDENT
BUSINESSES
2010
ANNUAL
REPORT
2 (cid:33)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:0)
4 (cid:35)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:6)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:37)(cid:47)(cid:108)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:0)
8 (cid:38)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:0)(cid:0)
(cid:0) 11 (cid:38)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:57)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:87)
CONTENTS
PAGE
12 (cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:47)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)
14 (cid:41)(cid:39)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)
18 (cid:33)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:44)(cid:73)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:0)
(cid:0) 20 (cid:35)(cid:65)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:66)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:76)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:55)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:0)
(cid:0) 22 (cid:45)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:17)(cid:16)
24 (cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:66)(cid:73)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:89)
28 (cid:37)(cid:88)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:52)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:77)
30 (cid:34)(cid:79)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:83)
32 (cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:39)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)
42 (cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:7)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:84)
55 (cid:38)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:83)
59 (cid:46)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:83)
100 (cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:108)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:76)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)
101 (cid:33)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:108)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:76)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)
102 (cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:7)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:84)
104 (cid:33)(cid:51)(cid:56)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:68)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
(cid:16)(cid:18)(cid:14)(cid:16)(cid:25)(cid:14)(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:17)(cid:16)(cid:0)(cid:115)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:77)(cid:0)(cid:18)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:40)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:115)(cid:0)(cid:18)(cid:14)(cid:19)(cid:16)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:0)(cid:115)(cid:0)(cid:17)(cid:25)(cid:25)(cid:0)(cid:39)(cid:69)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:89)(cid:68)(cid:78)(cid:69)(cid:89)
(cid:55)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:0)
(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)
(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:73)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:14)
GOOD DISTRIBUTION
NETWORK
(cid:45) (cid:37) (cid:52) (cid:35) (cid:33) (cid:51) (cid:40) (cid:0) (cid:44) (cid:41) (cid:45) (cid:41) (cid:52) (cid:37) (cid:36) (cid:0) (cid:92) (cid:0) A B N 3 2 1 1 2 0 7 3 4 8 0
OUR BUSINESS MODEL WORKS
TOWARDS GIVING EVERYBODY
A FAIR SHARE...
BETTER
PRICE
& RANGE
1
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
QUALITY, VALUE & COMMUNITY SUPPORT
(cid:51)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:54)(cid:37)(cid:51)
20,000
(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:55)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:0)
(cid:33)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:65)
(cid:51)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:54)(cid:37)(cid:51)
12,000
(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:6)(cid:0)(cid:46)(cid:52)
(cid:51)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:54)(cid:37)(cid:51)
27,000
(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:54)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:65)
(cid:51)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:54)(cid:37)(cid:51)
29,500
(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:49)(cid:85)(cid:69)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:76)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)
METCASH SERVICES
117,500 S T O R E S &
C U S T O M E R S
N A T I O N A L L Y
(cid:51)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:54)(cid:37)(cid:51)
27,500
(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:46)(cid:51)(cid:55)
(cid:51)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:54)(cid:37)(cid:51)
1,500
(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:52)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:73)(cid:65)
ABOUT
METCASH
Metcash Limited (Metcash) is Australia's
leading wholesale distribution and
marketing company specialising in
grocery, fresh produce, liquor and other
fast moving consumer goods.
Metcash has 4 divisions, often referred
to as business pillars, each operating in
a distinct wholesaling industry segment:
›
›
›
IGA Distribution;
Australian Liquor Marketers;
Campbells Wholesale; and
›
Mitre 10
All business pillars are fully owned by
Metcash with the exception of Mitre 10,
of which Metcash owns 50.1%.
(cid:47)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:54)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:69)(cid:83)
Metcash's customers are predominantly
independently owned grocery and liquor
stores. With the acquisition of a majority
interest in the Mitre 10 Group in March
2010, Metcash has broadened its
customer range to include independent
hardware stores.
Our core values represent who we are
and underpin how we do business.
These values are at the forefront as we
interact with each other and our business
partners. We also measure how well
we live the values in our performance
management processes.
Metcash champions the interests of
the independent grocery, liquor and
hardware sectors through its core
competencies of buying, merchandising,
marketing, brand building, distribution
logistics and warehousing.
With the support of its customers,
independent retailers, Metcash is the
'third force' in the Australian grocery
retailing market.
(cid:47)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:83)
High service levels remain at the core of
Metcash’s success. If our customers are
not successful, we are not successful.
The company continues to focus on
teamwork and staff training programs
for the benefit of employees, customers
and stakeholders.
The company’s commitment to its
employees at every level, clear
communication channels, regular
briefings and an emphasis on training
programs have reinforced the core
values of the company and contributed
to the rising status of the Metcash Group.
(cid:47)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:39)(cid:79)(cid:65)(cid:76)
Our goal is to provide big benefits for
independent businesses. We supply
the buying power, merchandising,
marketing, brand building, distribution
logistics and warehousing which
supports independents in the face of
strong competition.
*Championing the Customer
* Our Stakeholders are Entitled to Added Value
* Responsibility and Personal Accountability
* Empowering our People and Supporting our Communities
*VALUES ARE NOTHING
WITHOUT INTEGRITY
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
T
U
O
B
A
2
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
WE FOCUS ON
OUR CUSTOMERS
Mission
Statement
(cid:47)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:77)(cid:73)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:0)(cid:66)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)
(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)
(cid:70)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:13)(cid:77)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:83)(cid:14)
Company Pillars
IGA DISTRIBUTION
IGA Distribution (IGA›D) is
Australia's largest grocery
wholesale distribution and
marketing company with
six major distribution centres
supplying grocery products
(dry, chilled, frozen and
fresh), produce out of nine
dedicated fresh produce
warehouses and general
merchandise to independent
businesses nationally.
AUSTRALIAN LIQUOR
MARKETERS
Australian Liquor Marketers
(ALM) is a broad range liquor
wholesaler supplying over
15,000 hotels, liquor stores,
restaurants and other licensed
premises throughout Australia.
ALM's wholly owned subsidiary
Tasman Liquor Company
operates in a similar market in
New Zealand.
CAMPBELLS WHOLESALE
MITRE 10
Campbells Wholesale (CW)
through its national network of
over 30 warehouses, is a multi-
format distributor of grocery,
confectionery, tobacco,
liquor, soft drinks and
foodservice products.
Mitre 10 is Australia's
only independent home
improvement and hardware
wholesaler with an iconic
independent retail network of
over 430 Mitre 10 and True
Value Hardware stores.
A
B
O
U
T
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
3
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
CHAIRMAN &
CEO'SREPORT
(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:80)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:0)(cid:252)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)
(cid:17)(cid:21)(cid:0)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:66)(cid:69)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:76)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:14)(cid:2)
(cid:55)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:80)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:0)
(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:17)(cid:16)(cid:0)(cid:252)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:89)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:87)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:89)(cid:0)
(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:67)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:0)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:0)
(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:0)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:67)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:80)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:252)(cid:84)(cid:14)(cid:0)(cid:52)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:83)(cid:0)
(cid:87)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:70)(cid:65)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:0)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:0)
(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:268)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:71)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:0)
(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)
(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:77)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:80)(cid:65)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:65)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:0)
(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:83)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:16)(cid:25)(cid:14)
During 2009, the economic and
financial environment was uncertain.
Against this background of uncertainty,
wholesale sales rose by 4.9% from
$10.98 billion to $11.52 billion, lifting
reported profit after tax by 12.4% from
$202.5 million to $227.6 million. EBITA
grew 8.6% to $415.4 million and profit
after tax, pre non-recurring item, rose
8.5% to $238.4 million. Operating cash
flow rose 18.8% to $294.7 million.
Included in this result was a non-recurring
item, a provision of $15.4 million to
restructure the Campbells Cash & Carry
and Wholesale Distribution businesses
in order to reduce costs and provide an
effective base for current and anticipated
market demand. This is discussed in
more detail later in the report.
The cost of doing business (CODB)
was carefully controlled in each of the
businesses and this proved to be an
effective insurance measure over
the year. This has been achieved
through supply chain improvement,
cost control and warehouse and
technology innovation.
The Metcash balance sheet remains
strong and all necessary borrowing
facilities are in place.
INCREASE OF
WHOLESALE SALES
TO
$11.5
We are pleased to announce that a final
dividend of 15 cents per share has been
declared. This brings the total dividend
for 2010 to 26 cents fully franked, an
increase of 8.3% on the 2009 financial
year dividends.
The Company’s bid to obtain 50.1% of
the Mitre 10 business was successful
with Metcash obtaining 50.1% voting
power in Mittenmet, the new holding
company for the Mitre 10 Group. This
was achieved through the Mitre 10
Schemes of Arrangement which became
effective on 25 March 2010.
98% of Mitre 10’s shareholders voted
in favour of the bid showing their
confidence in the Metcash business
model and our ability to help them
compete more effectively in the home
improvement market.
Metcash has the right to acquire the
remaining 49.9% of the Mitre 10 Group
in 2012 or 2013, based on an agreed
multiple of earnings. This provides Mitre
10 retailers with an incentive to maintain
their loyalty and partner Metcash in
increasing the profitability of the Mitre
10 Group and their businesses.
The acquisition was attractive as it
provides an opportunity to apply the
Metcash business model to improve
the performance of Mitre 10 and assist
Mitre 10 retailers. In the same way
that the grocery and liquor customers
of the three Metcash business pillars
are independent retailers, so are the
hardware customers of Mitre 10.
Over the next two years, the business
principles that have worked well within
the Metcash business model will be
fully implemented within Mitre 10. This
will provide Mitre 10 retailers with
an enhanced product range, more
cost effective and efficient logistics,
improved purchasing power and
access to financial resources to help
fund new stores and the extension and
refurbishment of existing stores.
Three experienced Metcash executives
have been seconded to Mitre 10 to fill
the roles of CEO, General Manager
Commercial and General Manager
Merchandise and Marketing.
On 1 July 2010 the Company
announced it had entered into an
agreement with Pick n Pay Retailers
(Pty) Limited to purchase the Franklins
supermarket chain in New South Wales
for approximately $215 million. The
agreement is subject to, among other
things, ACCC approval and will be
funded from existing Metcash bank
facilities. It is proposed to sell the
stores on completion (expected by
30 September 2010) to independent
retailers. This might take several months
to complete and Metcash will operate
the stores in the intervening period.
The acquisition is expected to add
more than $500 million per annum of
wholesale sales to Metcash’s turnover
and increase the New South Wales
market share of Metcash supplied
retailers from 11% to 17%.
Each of the Metcash business pillars has
business models that strive to provide
their independent retailer customers with
the services and efficiencies of their
chain store competitors. There are many
services that, on their own, independent
retailers would not be able to access due
to scale of operations or technological
restrictions but are available to them
through the Metcash business model.
Metcash can only achieve success if its
customers are successful.
IGA Distribution (IGA>D), the Metcash
grocery distribution business, had
another successful year with sales on a
comparable store basis increasing by
4.1% and profit (EBITA) growing 9.8%
to $346.6 million. Food cost inflation
at 2.4% was lower than the 4.4%
experienced in 2009.
Despite strong competition, market share
(defined dry grocery categories) in the
April 2010 quarter of 19.9% was above
the 19% of the same quarter in 2009.
BILLION
T
R
O
P
E
R
S
'
O
E
C
&
N
A
M
R
I
A
H
C
4
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
THANK YOU
(cid:55)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:87)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:12)(cid:0)
(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:89)(cid:69)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:0)
(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:87)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)
(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:89)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:14)
(cid:51)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:80)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)
(cid:8)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:13)(cid:66)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:9)
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(cid:52)(cid:51)(cid:50)(cid:0)(cid:85)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)
(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)
(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)
(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:14)(cid:0)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:84)
33%
JAN 01
JUL 02
FEB 04
AUG 05
MAR07
OCT 08
APR 10
MTS TSR
ASX 200 TSR
9%
During the year, IGA>D’s customers
opened 53 new stores and refurbished
or extended a further 101 stores.
As targeted, IGA>D’s total Fresh sales
reached $1 billion per annum, with fresh
produce now contributing $400 million.
Customer patronage is increasing with
730 supermarkets and 900 foodservice
customers now being supplied. Meat
and delicatessen sales each grew
24%, with bakery leading the way
with 34% growth.
Australian Liquor Marketers’ (ALM)
sales for the year were static at $2.6
billion in a market demonstrating lower
demand than in 2009 and the absence
of price inflation. A strong focus on cost
reduction with higher warehouse labour
and operating efficiency levels and
stock level optimisation produced an
increase in profitability with EBITA
rising 6.9% to $36.1 million.
The Independent Brands Australia (IBA)
marketing strategy continues to underpin
sales volumes with banner groups ‘IGA
Plus Liquor’ purchases growing by 11%
and ‘Cellarbrations’ by 6%.
IBA continues to focus on improving
the banner groups’ compliance and
in-store standards and expects to
increase the IBA network by a further
50 outlets in 2011.
Campbells Wholesale experienced
growth in sales of 1.5% to $1.68 billion
whilst EBITA fell 12.5% to $28.8 million.
Campbells Wholesale had four business
arms, Campbells Cash and Carry
which mainly supplies metropolitan
local convenience retailers, Campbells
Wholesale Distribution which provides
warehouse distribution in regional areas,
CSD which services the ‘Modern Petrol
and Convenience’ sectors (e.g. 7/11,
‘Lucky 7’) and FoodLink which is a
foodservice business.
The Cash and Carry business has been
affected over time by the consumer
switch from local convenience shopping
to value or discounting shopping. The
decision was taken to restructure the
business to recognise this trend and
merge it with Campbells Wholesale
Division to provide a cost effective
distribution base to meet current and
expected demand patterns.
The FoodLink foodservice business
boosted sales 9.8%, whilst distribution to
modern branded convenience and petrol
outlets has grown 4.5%.
Left to Right:
› Andrew Reitzer
(CEO Metcash Group of Companies);
› Carlos S dos Santos
(Non-executive Chairman).
$
P E R
A N N U M
This division continues to look to
reduce its cost of doing business, whilst
pursuing higher market share in the
Foodservice and Modern Petrol and
Convenience sectors.
1IGA›D's TOTAL
FRESH SALES
REACHED BILLION
C
H
A
I
R
M
A
N
&
C
E
O
'
S
R
E
P
O
R
T
5
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
CHAIRMAN & CEO'S
REPORT CONTINUED...
THE METCASH
BUSINESS MODEL
IS RESILIENT
SALES UP
(cid:37)(cid:65)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:0)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)
(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:89)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)
(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:0)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:77)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:12)(cid:0)
(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:66)(cid:65)(cid:68)(cid:14)
(cid:40)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:65)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:89)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:37)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:0)
(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:85)(cid:78)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:40)(cid:51)(cid:37)(cid:35)(cid:9)
Metcash’s HSEC programs continue
to be an important area of focus. The
programs encompass – care for our
people, with workplace engagement,
development and competency,
health services and safety;
environmental management; product
safety and public health.
We have continued to develop our
people through talent management and
leadership development strategies. This
strategy allows us to identify and retain
high quality talent in our businesses.
The Metcash ‘Pro-fit Program’
offers annual flu vaccinations and
health checks, counselling services,
holiday childcare and flexible
working arrangements.
Safety at work is a high priority in the
Company’s operational activity and the
implementation of the ‘Mission Zero’ five
year plan is an important element in our
OH&S strategy. The results for the 2010
year were positive with reductions in the
number of Lost Time Injuries, lost hours
and the Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate.
We continue to track our carbon
footprint and are pleased to report
that we were fully compliant with
the NGER Act.
(cid:55)(cid:65)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:87)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:68)
Last year we advised that we would
be looking for major acquisition
opportunities which complement
Metcash’s business model and core
competencies. We believe our
partnership with Mitre 10 has achieved
this and look forward to sharing the
competencies of our business model
with the Mitre 10 team.
We will continue to look for
acquisition opportunities which are
in line with Metcash’s business model
and core competencies.
Each of the Metcash businesses
continues to refine the cost of doing
business and maximising sales
opportunities. We continue to invest
in our people to ensure a high level
of service to our customers, the
independent retailers.
T
R
O
P
E
R
S
'
O
E
C
&
N
A
M
R
I
A
H
C
6
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
9.8%
FOR FOODLINK
(cid:47)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:83)
Thank you to our
shareholders for your
rt.
investment and support.
With your help, we
have already achieved significant
milestones and continue to assist
independent businesses to optimise
their results. We would like to thank our
fellow Directors, employees, customers
and suppliers for their good counsel,
hard work and support during the year.
Carlos S dos Santos
Non-executive Chairman
Andrew Reitzer
CEO Metcash Group of Companies
Strategies to
maintain talent
We have continued to develop our
people through talent management and
leadership development strategies.
Succession Planning
In February of this year, it was
announced that Andrew would remain
as CEO for the next three years when
he would then retire. Having been
Chairman of Metcash since 1998, I
feel that the time is approaching to step
aside and pass the Chair. In order to
provide a smooth transition and avoid
appointing a new Chairman and CEO
at the same time, I have decided to
retire as a Director at the close of the
2010 Annual General Meeting. The
Board has decided that Peter Barnes,
the Deputy Chairman, will replace me
as Chairman and work with Andrew
to develop candidates to replace him
as CEO in three years' time. A search
is currently being undertaken to select
Board member candidates with the
appropriate skill and experience to help
guide Metcash in the future.
Michael Jablonski has also decided to
retire from the Board at the conclusion
of the 2010 Annual General Meeting
after serving as a Director for twelve
years. During that time he has provided
tremendous value to the Board from both
his personal contribution and from his
wide knowledge of the grocery industry
and merchandising. Michael has said
that he would like to spend more time
working and focusing on the numerous
committees and internal boards that
he sits on such as Mittenmet and Mitre
10, Metfood, and IGA Retail Network.
PARTNERSHIP
WITH MITRE 10
WAS OUR MAJOR
ACQUISITION IN
2010
Michael will remain as a member of
the Executive Team in his role as Group
Merchandise Director.
It has been a privilege to have been
Chairman of the Metcash business for
the past twelve years during which the
company has been transformed from
the struggling wholesaler that it then
was into the successful $12 billion
business that it now is. I am confident
that, with the strength and talent of the
management team and Board, Metcash
will continue to grow and thrive over the
coming years.
I would like to express my sincere thanks
to Andrew Reitzer as well as to present
and past Directors, management, staff,
customers and suppliers who have all
worked so hard to make Metcash the
company that it now is.
Carlos S dos Santos
Non-executive Chairman
C
H
A
I
R
M
A
N
&
C
E
O
'
S
R
E
P
O
R
T
7
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
FINANCIAL
REVIEW
(cid:4)
(cid:52) (cid:47) (cid:52)(cid:33) (cid:44) (cid:0) (cid:50) (cid:37) (cid:54) (cid:37) (cid:46) (cid:53) (cid:37) (cid:0) (cid:50) (cid:47) (cid:51) (cid:37)(cid:0) (cid:0)
(cid:34) (cid:57) (cid:0) (cid:20)(cid:14)(cid:25) (cid:5) (cid:0) (cid:38) (cid:50) (cid:47) (cid:45) (cid:0) (cid:4)(cid:17)(cid:17)(cid:14)(cid:17) (cid:0) (cid:34) (cid:41) (cid:44) (cid:44) (cid:41) (cid:47) (cid:46)(cid:0) (cid:0)
(cid:52) (cid:47) (cid:0) (cid:4)(cid:17)(cid:17)(cid:14)(cid:22) (cid:0) (cid:34) (cid:41) (cid:44) (cid:44) (cid:41) (cid:47) (cid:46) (cid:0) (cid:45) (cid:33) (cid:43) (cid:41) (cid:46) (cid:39) (cid:0) (cid:33)
(cid:4)541
(cid:45) (cid:41) (cid:44) (cid:44) (cid:41) (cid:47) (cid:46) (cid:0) (cid:36) (cid:47) (cid:44) (cid:44) (cid:33) (cid:50) (cid:0) (cid:41) (cid:46) (cid:35) (cid:50) (cid:37) (cid:33) (cid:51) (cid:37)
UP BY
4.9%
Wholesale
sales
($m)
11,517.4
0
.
4
7
9
0
1
,
.
0
5
4
0
0
1
,
.
1
1
5
4
9
,
.
0
5
0
7
7
,
06
07
08
09
10
UP BY
4.9%
Total
revenue
($m)
11,608.1
UP BY
4.5%
Market
share
(%)
19.9
.
9
5
6
7
9
,
.
4
2
0
2
0
1
,
.
5
7
6
0
1
1
,
.
5
8
1
.
6
8
1
.
8
8
1
.
0
9
1
.
0
2
5
2
8
,
W
E
I
V
E
R
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
8
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
06
07
08
09
10
06
07
08
09
10
UP BY
4.9%
Total sales
revenue
($m)
11,517.4
DOWN BY
1.3%
Cost of doing
business/GP
(%)
61.6
6
.
1
8
9
,
0
1
8
.
4
9
6
,
9
1
.
6
1
1
,
0
1
4
.
4
1
2
,
8
2
.
7
6
9
.
6
6
2
.
5
6
4
.
2
6
06
07
08
09
10
06
07
08
09
10
WHOLESALE SALES
ROSE 4.9%, LIFTING
REPORTED PROFIT
AFTER TAX BY
12.4%
F R O M (cid:4) (cid:18) (cid:16) (cid:18) (cid:14) (cid:21) M I L L I O N T O (cid:4) (cid:18) (cid:18) (cid:23) (cid:14) (cid:22) M I L L I O N
UP BY
12.4%
Profit
after tax
($m)
227.6
4
.
7
9
1
5
.
2
0
2
6
.
8
5
1
2
.
1
8
06
07
08
09
10
UP BY
18.8%
Operating
cash flow
($m)
294.7
.
7
2
4
2
.
6
7
9
1
.
5
7
7
1
.
1
8
4
2
06
07
08
09
10
UP BY
8.5%
EBITA
($m)
415.4
.
5
2
8
3
.
3
1
4
3
.
9
8
8
2
.
7
3
2
2
06
07
08
09
10
UP BY
8.3%
(cid:16)
(cid:14)
(cid:23)
(cid:17)
(cid:21)
(cid:14)
(cid:17)
(cid:17)
(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:83)
(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:69)
(cid:8)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:9)
26.0
(cid:16)
(cid:14)
(cid:20)
(cid:18)
(cid:16)
(cid:14)
(cid:17)
(cid:18)
Cash Flow
Increase by 18.8%
Strong operating cash generation during the
year, with operating cash flows increasing
by $46.6 million to $294.7 million.
UP BY
11%
Earnings
per share
(cents)
29.7
9
.
5
2
5
.
6
2
1
.
1
2
7
.
3
1
06
07
08
09
10
06
07
08
09
10
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
R
E
V
I
E
W
9
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
FINANCIAL REVIEW
CONTINUED...
(cid:38)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:69)
In an uncertain economic environment,
the Group continues to challenge its
business model and cost structures.
For a number of years, the traditional
Cash & Carry wholesale market has
been in decline. This is a global
trend where unbranded convenience
stores are no longer able to compete
with modern organised formats, and
consumers’ desire for value has caused
a change in shopping behaviours.
The impact of this trend, combined
with increasing fixed network costs,
resulted in a number of Cash & Carry
warehouses no longer being viable and
a decision was taken in March 2010 to
close 8 of these sites. The site closures
were enacted by 30 April.
DIVIDENDS PER
SHARE UP BY
8.3%
A one off cost of closure and restructure
of $15.4m ($10.8m after tax) has been
incurred in the current year. Whilst this
was a painful action to take, it was
necessary to ensure the ongoing health
and vitality of the Campbells Wholesale
business and is expected to generate
an additional $4 million to $5 million in
EBIT annually as a result.
The Group’s wholesale sales continued
to grow at 4.9%, despite persistent
low inflation growth in core grocery
categories and the receding effects
of the Government Stimulus Package,
which had boosted sales in 2009. The
Group’s acquisition of the Mitre 10
business on 25 March 2010 resulted
in the inclusion of one month's trading
for that group, thus having only a minor
impact on overall sales and EBIT growth.
In addition, the group has continued
to focus on cost reductions, with Cost
of Doing Business as a percentage of
Gross Profit reducing by a further
W
E
I
V
E
R
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
10
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
Well
positioned
The capital injection of $55.2m into
Mitre 10 sees that business is reinvigorated
and well positioned for future growth.
83 basis points this year, continuing from
the 280 basis point reduction in 2009.
This has been achieved through
continuous focus on cost control and
supply chain improvement and is in spite
of substantial increases in fixed costs
such as rent and utilities.
As a result of these factors, the
Group was able to achieve its market
guidance, reporting an Underlying
Earnings of 32 cents per share, an
increase of 8.4% on the prior year. A
final dividend of 15 cents per share was
declared bringing the total dividend
declared for the 2010 financial year to
26 cents per share, an increase of 8.3%
on 2009.
(cid:38)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:79)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)
Since the acquisition of the Australian
operations of FAL in 2005, the Group
has long sought out a fourth business
pillar to complement the existing
businesses. In March 2010, the
necessary approvals were obtained to
enable the completion of the acquisition
of 50.1% of the Mitre 10 business, thus
giving the Group a fourth business pillar
in hardware distribution. The capital
injection of $55.2 million into Mitre 10
sees that business reinvigorated and well
positioned for future growth.
In addition, the Group’s previously
announced plan to complete its
national produce network was finalised
in July 2009 with the acquisition of the
City Fruit business in Adelaide.
The Group’s working capital position
has stabilised substantially since the prior
year, where a number of one-off impacts
resulted in a substantial increase. The
profile of debtor days and creditor
payment days is impacted slightly by
the inclusion of the Mitre 10 business,
and partly negated by the increased
product mix of fresh produce, where
typically shorter payment terms exist.
The continued take up of the American
Express Payment facilities by customers
has also seen an overall reduction in
underlying debtor days.
The Group has drawn down an
additional $50 million in net debt during
the period, primarily to finance the
Mitre 10 acquisition and other
business combinations.
The Group continues to maintain a
strong balance sheet with a solid cash
position, adequate funding capacity
and is well placed for future growth
and expansion.
(cid:35)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:87)
The Group has continued its strong
operating cash generation during
the year, with operating cash flows
increasing by $46.6 million to
$294.7 million. The prior year
operating cash flows contained a
number of one off impacts including the
working capital adjustment noted above
and a change in the Group’s tax paying
position. As such, the current period
represents a more underlying cash flow.
Metcash maintains its continued
focus on reinvestment, with a total of
$133.1 million being committed to the
acquisition of a fourth business pillar,
the completion of the produce network
and other Fresh opportunities as well
as substantial investment in software for
both financial applications (SAP) and
operating systems, the Power Enterprise
package being successfully deployed
into the Western Australian operations in
January 2010.
The Group has maintained a high
dividend payout ratio (in excess of 80%)
and dividend payments for the year
totalled $191.6 million.
FIVE YEAR
REVIEW
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:17)(cid:16)(cid:0)($m)(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:16)(cid:25)(cid:0)($m)(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:16)(cid:24)(cid:0)($m)(cid:0)
(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:68)
(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:16)(cid:23)(cid:0)($m)(cid:0)
(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:16)(cid:22)(cid:0)($m)
(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)
Net sales
Earnings before interest and taxation
Interest, net
Operating profit before tax
Profit after tax
(cid:34)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:69)(cid:84)
Metcash shareholder equity
Net tangible assets per share (cents)
Gearing (debt/debt+equity) (%)
(cid:51)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:83)
Fully paid ordinary shares
Weighted average ordinary shares
Earnings per ordinary share (cents)
Dividends declared per share (cents)
11,517.4
393.5
63.5
330.0
227.6
1,377.6
12.49
35.5
10,981.7
351.8
61.0
290.8
202.5
1,279.4
12.98
33.5
10,116.1
335.4
51.1
284.3
197.4
1,239.7
16.16
33.2
9,694.8
282.9
57.2
225.7
158.6
1,180.2
8.65
34.1
8,214.4
174.0
40.5
133.5
81.2
1,032.9
(2.40)
42.3
765,644,031
765,178,865
29.74
26.00
764,888,363
764,843,880
26.47
24.00
764,792,593
763,484,392
25.86
21.00
762,405,655
753,116,068
21.06
17.00
747,741,353
593,675,382
16.99
11.50
(cid:47)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:83)
Number of employees (full-time equivalents)
5,773
5,358
5,056
5,855
7,033
Community
support
We will continue to
promote and enhance our
community spirit.
F
I
V
E
Y
E
A
R
R
E
V
I
E
W
11
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS
AT A GLANCE
›
›
›
Fresh food innovation and
product development.
Develop strategic supplier partnership
through business plan development,
catalogue activity, promotional programs
and advertising panels.
Provide competitive fresh food, retail
and consumer solutions for all
independent channels.
›
Training and retail operational support
for independent retailers.
(cid:51)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:73)(cid:252)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:83)
›
›
›
›
$1 billion in annualised sales has been
achieved across all areas of fresh food.
Purchased a national network of 10 fresh
produce warehouses and grown customer
base to 730 supermarket customers.
Sales of meat have grown over 20% year on
year for the past two years.
Deli sales have continued to grow
strongly with a 30% increase for the
second year running.
AUSTRALIAN
LIQUOR MARKETERS
(cid:45)(cid:65)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:83)
›
›
›
›
Broad range liquor wholesaler supplying
over 15,000 hotels, liquor stores, restaurants
and other licensed premises throughout
Australia and New Zealand.
Operates out of 18 distribution centres
throughout Australia and New Zealand.
Provides a complete service allowing
customers to receive all their liquor supplies
in one delivery, on one invoice, in full,
on time, every time, together with strong
marketing support and a wide variety of
retail services.
Includes a specialist liquor supply and
support division to the 'on-premise' sector
including bars, restaurants and hotels in both
Australia and New Zealand.
(cid:51)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:73)(cid:252)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:83)
›
›
EBIT performance was up 6.9%.
Overall sales for IGA Liquor, Cellarbrations
and The Bottle-O grew strongly during
the year.
(cid:38)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)
(cid:38)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)
›
›
›
Enhance our retail offer through ranging,
display, location and compliance being
driven by retail specialists.
Grow Fresh Foodservice business nationally.
Establish a 'retail ready' meat program on
the east coast.
›
›
Continue to grow IBA and Liquor Alliance
store numbers.
Beer volume growth – one stop supply to
the Independent channel.
›
Win back the 'on-premise' market.
IGA DISTRIBUTION
(cid:45)(cid:65)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:83)
IGA FRESH
(cid:45)(cid:65)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:83)
›
›
Marketing and distribution specialists
supplying IGA branded and non-branded
independent grocery stores in New South
Wales, the Australian Capital Territory,
Victoria, Queensland, South Australia and
Western Australia.
Providing expertise tailored to independent
retailers’ requirements, with a range
of marketing, merchandising, buying,
operational and distribution services.
(cid:51)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:73)(cid:252)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:83)
›
›
›
Wholesale Sales up 6.8%.
EBITA up 9.8% to $346.6 million.
Launched ‘Locked Down Low Prices’
program to provide consumer cost savings
and to keep our independents competitive.
(cid:38)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)
›
›
›
›
Ensuring our promotional offer continues
to provide value to our customers.
Reduce the cost of doing business at
wholesale and retail.
Grow retail area through new stores
and extensions.
The evolution of our Local Heroes campaign
launched in 2005, into our new ‘How the
locals like it’ campaign, launched in
late July 2010.
S
N
O
I
T
A
R
E
P
O
F
O
W
E
I
V
E
R
12
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
CAMPBELLS WHOLESALE
(cid:45)(cid:65)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:83)
(cid:38)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)
›
›
›
›
Continuing to provide the total supply
chain solution to the modern petrol
and convenience channel throughout
metropolitan and regional centres.
Increase the Lucky 7 branded stores to
400 by the end of FY 2011.
Continued growth in confectionery markets.
Continuing to expand the foodservice
operations of the business.
›
Win back the 'on-premise' market.
›
›
›
›
Primarily focused on the convenience, route
and hospitality channels of trade. Services
customers who require a total supply solution
across a broad range of fast moving
consumer goods (FMCG) products.
Campbells Wholesale has national service
and distribution covered via: 31 branches
servicing over 80,000 small businesses
and retailers across all states and territories,
stocking in excess of 20,000 product lines
including grocery, general merchandise,
non-food, confectionery, foodservice
and liquor.
Four C-Store Distribution (CSD) stockless
warehouses supported by specialist
confectionery distribution centres.
Two FoodLink Foodservice businesses
in Western Australia and Queensland
providing the leading distribution solution
to the foodservice industry.
(cid:51)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:73)(cid:252)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:83)
›
›
Despite difficult trading conditions, sales
grew by 1.5% to $1.68 billion.
Catering Connection delivered foodservice
growth in excess of 8%.
MITRE 10
(cid:45)(cid:65)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:83)
Independent home improvement and
hardware wholesaler with an independent
retail network of over 430 Mitre 10 and
True Value Hardware Stores
(cid:51)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:73)(cid:252)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:83)
Last 12 months management did
a great job in:
›
›
›
›
Stabilising the business.
Reducing costs.
Getting service levels right.
Finding an equity partner.
(cid:38)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)
›
›
›
Retain and grow the store network.
Modernise the supply chain.
Improve merchandise and
marketing programs.
R
E
V
I
E
W
O
F
O
P
E
R
A
T
I
O
N
S
13
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
100
Major
Refurbishments
IGA
DISTRIBUTION
51
New Stores
(cid:41)(cid:39)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:41)(cid:39)(cid:33)(cid:116)(cid:36)(cid:9)(cid:0)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:71)(cid:65)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)
(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:0)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)
(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:85)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:0)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)
(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:17)(cid:16)(cid:0)(cid:66)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)
(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:13)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:80)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:0)
(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:83)(cid:89)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:83)(cid:14)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:0)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:84)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:0)
(cid:83)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:71)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:0)(cid:22)(cid:14)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:37)(cid:34)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:66)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:25)(cid:14)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:0)(cid:0)
(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:0)(cid:4)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22)(cid:14)(cid:22)(cid:0)(cid:77)(cid:73)(cid:76)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:14)
The strong sales growth was achieved
in a competitive market with low
inflation and with the benefit of the
IGA Fresh business being operational
for the full year.
During the year 51 new IGA stores
were opened and major refurbishments
and extensions completed on 100
IGA stores. Growth in numbers and
floor space continues to be a major
focus to increase the IGA brand and
buying power.
The introduction of specific training
and development programs for our
supervisors and warehouse managers
added new skill sets that increased their
productivity and competence. These
actions combined to drive an improved
overall performance within our group.
During the year a ‘National Distribution
Centre’ was established in Victoria,
using a ‘mini loader’ that has facilitated
an expansion of the range of products
available to IGA›D customers and has
reduced the cost of warehousing and
distributing small volume product items.
This will enable retailers to offer a wider
range of products to their customers and
generate higher returns.
(cid:52)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:77)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:37)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:65)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:112)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:74)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:44)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)
Project Lion (Leadership, Innovation,
Ownership and Negotiation) was
established early in 2008 and facilitated
offers for optimal communication and
goal sharing between IGA›D and the
IGA retailers. During 2010, a number of
initiatives were provided to IGA retailers
as a result of the terms of engagement.
One of the key focuses of Project Lion
is the new Lion trading terms agreement
that enables eligible IGA retailers to earn
up to a total of $4 million in additional
rebates. The Lion trading terms
agreement allows retailers that deliver
improved fresh food sales and trade
within a highly competitive environment
the ability to achieve additional rebates
to further strengthen their market position.
Solid progress was also made in the
areas of benchmarking store operating
costs and culture and governance.
(cid:33)(cid:68)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:73)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:0)
(cid:80)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:26)
›
›
›
›
›
›
›
›
Additional Local Area
Marketing support.
Providing defence strategies for
independent retailers under threat
from the two major chains.
‘Host’ support for product pricing.
Utilisation of the Metcash data
warehouse to identify improved sales
opportunities through product ranging.
Funding for the expansion,
construction or renovation of stores.
Advice on store layouts
and enhancement.
New store support packages.
Introduction of enhanced training
and development tools.
(cid:44)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:44)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:83)
The Global Financial Crisis (GFC) has
created 'the value consumer'. In the
next 12 months we will ensure that our
value proposition and promotional offers
N
O
I
T
U
B
I
R
T
S
I
D
A
G
I
14
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
(cid:50) (cid:33) (cid:41) (cid:51) (cid:41) (cid:46) (cid:39) (cid:0) (cid:52) (cid:40) (cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:52) (cid:47) (cid:52) (cid:33) (cid:44) (cid:0) (cid:33) (cid:45) (cid:47) (cid:53) (cid:46) (cid:52)(cid:0)
IGA WHOLESALE SALES
INCREASED BY
(cid:52) (cid:47) (cid:0) (cid:4) 7 , 1 2 9 . 9 6.8%
NEW CAMPAIGN
LAUNCH
'Locked Down
Low Prices'
continue to provide clear ‘value’ to our
customers. Strategic initiatives relating
to value and Fresh will be key drivers
of overall sales growth in future.
As part of the strategy to provide
consumers greater value and to keep
our IGA retailers competitive, we
launched a new ‘Locked Down Low
Prices’ campaign. This is a major
promotion/campaign that provides
lower retail prices on thousands of
products throughout IGA and
Supa IGA stores across the country.
Consumer and retailer response has
been extremely pleasing.
(cid:48)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:44)(cid:65)(cid:66)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:83)
The private label offering encompasses
two product groups: Black & Gold, a
value offer range and IGA Signature,
the premium private label range.
The Black & Gold range is continually
refined to develop categories that
meet consumer demands for value.
Sales growth for the 2010 financial
year was 4%.
The IGA Signature range has achieved
a sales growth of 7% during 2010. We
have made a pledge to our customers
that all products in the range offer
great quality and great value. Local
communities are supported through this
product range with 2 cents from every
product sold donated to the local IGA
Community Chest as well as sourcing
Australian ingredients where available.
(cid:41)(cid:39)(cid:33)(cid:116)(cid:36)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)
In order to provide faster decision
making at a state level and promptly
address local market needs, the IGA›D
corporate office has been restructured
with greater accountability transferred
to the State IGA›D offices. Corporate
will continue to manage major National
strategic issues.
Further, it enables improved ‘speed to
market’ which provides an additional
competitive advantage. This new
approach also provides our customers
with an improved offer overall in terms of
market dynamics, by allowing the State
office to determine the marketing and
promotional needs of their businesses
and where resources should be invested.
We continue to promote and enhance
our community spirit and in July 2010
launched a new Local Heroes campaign
that reiterates the community support and
vision we have in the market place.
Silvestro Morabito
CEO IGA Distribution
EBITA
growth
EBITA grew by 9.8%
raising $315.5 million
to $346.6 million
9.8%
EBITA
($m)
346.6
.
5
5
1
3
.
1
5
7
2
.
3
7
4
2
.
8
5
7
1
06
07
08
09
10
6.8%
Total Sales
($m)
7,129.9
8
.
1
8
6
,
6
0
.
6
6
0
,
6
2
.
4
2
8
,
5
3
.
9
5
6
,
4
06
07
08
09
10
I
G
A
D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
I
O
N
15
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
730
Supermarket
customers
IGA DISTRIBUTION
CONTINUED...
(cid:41)(cid:39)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:0)
In its second year of operation,
IGA Fresh has actively consolidated the
fresh produce network it established in
year one and expanded its customer
base. Metcash has invested significant
time and resources in developing the
ability to service retailers in this crucial
area of its business. $1 billion in annual
sales has been achieved across all
areas of fresh food.
The IGA Fresh team now includes retail
specialists located nationally to assist
retailers grow their fresh food business.
The buying, merchandising and
maintenance of the fresh area within a
supermarket drives shoppers' behaviour
and the success of the rest of the store.
The IGA retail specialists have proven
experience in growing our customers'
sales and gross profit by utilising the
most up to date retailing techniques.
(cid:48)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:67)(cid:69)
Having rapidly established a
national network of 10 fresh produce
warehouses, a key goal was to ensure
customer retention during the conversion
from smaller family run operations to an
integrated corporate group. In addition
to retaining existing customers, the IGA
Fresh team has grown the customer base
to 730 supermarket customers.
The Produce team continues to develop
a private label fresh produce range with
271 products now available. The team
has also commenced a project to further
enhance the retail offer in range, display
and location for a number of stores.
Initial results are positive.
Significant investment has been made
in warehousing and systems with
the installation of a uniform produce
system in seven warehouses, with a
further three to be completed in the
coming months. This will provide more
transparency through the business and
assist in sourcing a greater proportion
of purchases directly from growers
rather than from local markets. New
warehouses are being built to house the
growing produce businesses.
(cid:45)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:84)
Sales of meat have grown over 20% per
annum for the past two years as retailers
are provided with high quality products
at a competitive price together with
sound advice on retailing initiatives.
The two WA meat processing sites
continue to offer a complete meat offer
to WA retailers. These two operations
will be consolidated in 2011.
The private label meat range continues
to grow with 118 products
distributed nationally.
Opportunities to establish a ‘retail ready’
meat program on the east coast are
being considered.
(cid:36)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:78)
Sales have continued to grow strongly
with a 30% increase for the second
year running. An increasing number
of products are now being distributed
through our national warehouses.
Pricing continues to be a key driver
with a number of strong price and
product promotions in place to drive
sales in 2011.
(cid:48)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:89)
IGA Fresh’s agreement with Lenard's
to offer a co-branded outlet in IGA
retailers’ stores has attracted a positive
response from customers. Sales growth
is expected to continue as more retailers
take up this offer. Together with the
‘Prize Poultry’ concept, IGA now has
a branded poultry offer in over 105
IGA stores.
(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:89)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:41)(cid:39)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:0)(cid:0)
(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:68)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:0)(cid:80)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)
(cid:78)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:87)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:66)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:89)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)
(cid:69)(cid:88)(cid:80)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:66)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:14)
N
O
I
T
U
B
I
R
T
S
I
D
A
G
I
16
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
ESTABLISHED A NATIONAL
NETWORK OF
10 FRESH
PRODUCE
WAREHOUSES
(cid:33) (cid:46) (cid:36) (cid:0) (cid:39) (cid:50) (cid:47) (cid:55) (cid:46)(cid:0)
(cid:35) (cid:53) (cid:51) (cid:52) (cid:47) (cid:45) (cid:37) (cid:50) (cid:0) (cid:34) (cid:33) (cid:51) (cid:37) (cid:0) (cid:52) (cid:47)(cid:0)
7 3 0 (cid:0) (cid:51) (cid:53) (cid:48) (cid:37) (cid:50) (cid:45) (cid:33) (cid:50) (cid:43) (cid:37) (cid:52)(cid:0)
(cid:35) (cid:53) (cid:51) (cid:52) (cid:47) (cid:45) (cid:37) (cid:50) (cid:51)
(cid:34)(cid:65)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:89)
IGA stores continue to develop their
bakery strategies with the support of IGA
Fresh’s retail specialists. More customers
have been enticed by the ‘Baker’s
Oven’ brand and its 338 products,
with the ‘Quick Bake’ (in-store baking)
strategy also providing retailers with an
opportunity to expand their offer.
(cid:51)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:89)
In 2010 IGA Fresh achieved its
key goals – significant growth in all
categories with the continued integration
of the national produce network. 2011
promises to be equally exciting, with
ongoing consolidation of systems,
investment in new facilities and a range
of initiatives for retailers.
Overall, IGA Fresh in conjunction with
IGA›D Business Managers provide a
number of services to grow and develop
the Independent retailer. These include:
›
›
›
›
›
›
Ranging of Departments.
Operational procedures across all
areas of the supermarket.
Layouts, Core Ranging by store.
Reporting and analysis of store GP’s.
Quality Assurance support (HACCP)
and ongoing training.
Communication of State protocols in
relation to pricing, scanning and other
legislative procedures.
›
Providing retail and industry
market knowledge.
A dedicated team of retail specialists
assist retailers nationally in delivering
the best possible outcome for their
business with a strategic focus on driving
profitable retail sales.
IGA FRESH
ACHIEVED MANY
KEY
MILESTONES
DELICATESSEN
SALES UP
30%
Harry Rumpler
CEO IGA Fresh
I
G
A
D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
I
O
N
17
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
AUSTRALIAN
LIQUOR MARKETERS
The 2010 year was a difficult trading
period for the Australian liquor industry.
Suppliers and retailers, who had
previously benefited from the Federal
Government’s stimulus payments,
experienced a very different market
place this year. Up until the key
Christmas trading period the market
had been steady but from the end of
December until the end of April trade
was soft. Most, if not all, suppliers and
retailers experienced these difficult
trading conditions and as a result,
Australian Liquor Marketers' sales
finished flat on the prior year. Despite
this, EBITA was up 6.9% as a result
of a consistent and strong focus on
cost reduction.
ALM was able to post a strong profit
performance on the back of our
continuous improvement process to
maximise the asset utilisation and cost
control within the distribution network.
The introduction of a small warehouse
management software solution in Hobart
and radio frequency receiving in all
major warehouses contributed to the
overall reduction in the cost of doing
business (CODB). In addition, the
ongoing program to reduce excess stock
resulted in lower holding costs but at the
same time improved the overall customer
service levels within the network.
Additionally, the rationalisation of the
New Zealand network was successful in
improving service and reducing overall
CODB in the Tasman business.
Independent Brands Australia (IBA)
continued to lead the way for the
independent banner groups in Australia.
Management has worked hard to lift the
retail standards of the entire network and
while some stores were unable to retain
their banner membership, their volume
was not lost to the ALM network. Overall
sales for ‘IGA Liquor’, ‘Cellarbrations’
and ‘The Bottle-O’ grew strongly during
the 2010 year and these stores will
be well placed to gain from any uplift
in the market.
ALM has a long history of supporting
independent liquor retailers during
difficult times and is a strong supporter
of independent liquor store and
hotel owners.
S
R
E
T
E
K
R
A
M
R
O
U
Q
I
L
N
A
I
L
A
R
T
S
U
A
18
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
EBITA INCREASED
R E D U C T I O N6.9%BY
(cid:33) (cid:51) (cid:0) (cid:33) (cid:0) (cid:50) (cid:37) (cid:51) (cid:53) (cid:44) (cid:52) (cid:0) (cid:47) (cid:38) (cid:0) (cid:33) (cid:0) (cid:35) (cid:47) (cid:46) (cid:51) (cid:41) (cid:51) (cid:52) (cid:37) (cid:46) (cid:52)(cid:0)
(cid:33) (cid:46) (cid:36) (cid:0) (cid:51) (cid:52) (cid:50) (cid:47) (cid:46) (cid:39) (cid:0) F O C U S O N C O S T
6.9%
EBITA
($m)
36.1
8
.
3
3
2
.
1
3
7
.
0
3
4
.
8
2
06
07
08
09
10
0.04%
Total Sales
($m)
2,640.6
.
4
9
3
6
2
,
.
3
9
9
4
2
,
.
2
3
5
4
2
,
.
7
7
0
4
2
,
The services that ALM provides retailers
with include:
›
›
›
›
›
Advice and support regarding
store layouts.
Support for store refits.
Support in Information Technology
and the latest web portal technology
for stock ordering and control.
Financial support to
member organisations.
Buying power for consumables, from
motor vehicles to electricity through the
‘Metcash Advantage Program’.
ALM has strong and experienced
management and this, combined with
a dedicated work force, continues to
support our retailers and suppliers in
providing them with world class, cost
effective supply chain solutions.
ALM employees and IBA retailers
were again proud to continue their
national support of ‘Canteen’ and
our retailers continue to support their
local communities as only independent
retailers can.
Fergus Collins
CEO Australian Liquor Marketers
06
07
08
09
10
OVERALL SALES FOR IGA LIQUOR,
CELLARBRATIONS & BOTTLE-O
GREW
STRONGLY
(cid:36) (cid:53) (cid:50) (cid:41) (cid:46) (cid:39)(cid:0)(cid:0)
2 0 1 0
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
L
I
Q
U
O
R
M
A
R
K
E
T
E
R
S
19
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
In excess of
20,000
Product Lines
31
Branches
CAMPBELLSWHOLESALE
Campbells sales growth increased
by 1.5% to $1.68 billion, however,
EBIT declined by 12.5 %. This was
largely due to the impact of low
inflation affecting gross margins and the
consequent impact of higher fixed costs.
The last 12 months' trading has been
challenging for both the convenience
and hospitality markets. Consumers
have become more receptive to value
products and this has been evidenced
by less impulse spending and a greater
tendency to dine at home.
Campbells Wholesale had four
operating divisions, Campbells
Wholesale Distribution (CWD),
C-Store Distribution (CSD), Foodlink
(Foodservice) and Campbells Cash &
Carry (CCC). Each division was tailored
to meet the needs of their customers in
the route, convenience and hospitality
market segments.
Whilst the first three divisions remain
strong, for a number of years the
traditional Cash and Carry wholesale
market has been in decline.
The Company announced in March
2010 that it would rationalise the
network of Campbells branches by
closing 8 branches. This initiative
is expected to substantially reduce
costs whilst retaining a large number
of customers by investing in the
infrastructure to enable flexible, frequent
deliveries to be made by the remaining
branches to small business and
convenience/hospitality retailers. As a
result the CCC and CWD divisions will
merge to form Campbells Wholesale
division, with all branches in the network
servicing both customer groups. This
combined offer will provide a unique
service to convenience store operators
who require flexibility.
The cost of the restructure is estimated to
be $10.8 million after tax with annual
EBIT benefits of approximately $4 million
to $5 million expected to flow from these
actions. A restructure provision of $15.4
million has been created and this charge
has been treated as a Non-Recurring
Item (NRI) in the Group’s Income
Statement for the year ended
30 April 2010.
The Campbells Wholesale business
continues to evolve with retail
convenience requiring more of a full
delivery service rather than an exclusive
cash and carry offer. The provision of
in excess of 100 business development
representatives, strong community
based operations, walk-in trade, full
service delivery, online ordering and
with access to over 20,000 product
lines ensures that customers receive
the support they need to grow their
businesses. This division services
80,000 small businesses and retailers
in all states and territories through one
order, one invoice and one delivery of
all of their requirements.
C-Store Distribution (CSD) consisting
of 4 stockless warehouses, continues
to grow. While independently
operated ‘corner stores’ continue to
decline, the organised sector remains
an attractive target for CSD. The
organised convenience sector, led by
7 Eleven, derives major benefit from
using the efficient supply chain
CSD provides, which is unmatched
in the industry.
This division continues to reduce supply
chain costs through investment in logistics
technology. In September 2010 CSD
will operate from IGA›D (Laverton,
Victoria) and utilise the new ‘mini-loader’
which is a robotic crane picking system.
This initiative will generate further
efficiency gains.
The CSD division provides its
customers with a ‘just in time’ delivery
operation which uses state-of-the-art
picking technology. It offers range
control/hosting, electronic invoicing,
planograms, supplier promotional
programs and delivery in full and on
time. The low cost operation is efficient
and ensures competitive pricing.
E
L
A
S
E
L
O
H
W
S
L
L
E
B
P
M
A
C
20
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
31 CAMPBELLS WHOLESALE
SERVICING
BRANCHES
THOUSAND
(cid:51) (cid:45) (cid:33) (cid:44) (cid:44) (cid:0) (cid:34) (cid:53) (cid:51) (cid:41) (cid:46) (cid:37) (cid:51) (cid:51) (cid:37) (cid:51) (cid:0) (cid:33) (cid:46) (cid:36)(cid:0)
(cid:50) (cid:37) (cid:52) (cid:33) (cid:41) (cid:44) (cid:37) (cid:50) (cid:51) (cid:0) (cid:41) (cid:46) (cid:0) (cid:33) (cid:44) (cid:44) (cid:0) (cid:47) (cid:38)(cid:0)
A U S T R A L I A ' S S T A T E S(cid:0) (cid:0)
(cid:33) (cid:46) (cid:36) (cid:0) (cid:52) (cid:37) (cid:50) (cid:50) (cid:41) (cid:52) (cid:47) (cid:50) (cid:41) (cid:37) (cid:51)
T E S
80
CATERING
CONNECTION
GROWTH UP
8%
Campbells specialist foodservice
division, Foodlink, experienced a
contracting sales trend as consumer
dining shifted from restaurants to
home dining and a number of mining
operations closed in WA.
As the Campbells Wholesale business
services a large number of foodservice
vendors (takeaways, hotels, clubs etc)
the hospitality industry remains an
attractive target for both divisions.
Foodlink operate in two states
(WA and Qld) and the division will
expand nationally as acquisition
opportunities arise.
Lucky 7, the independent convenience
store banner has 300 branded sites
across Australia generating over
$300 million in retail sales annually.
The Lucky 7 banner provides smaller
independents with a unique formatted
offer including store refurbishments,
signage, retail assistance, planograms
and impulse promotions.
Members joining this group are provided
with the tools required to compete
effectively in the convenience market.
Significant investment has been made in
the brand and membership is expected
to increase to over 400 in the next year.
Campbells Wholesale will continue
to refine its services and operations
to produce a strong result in the new
financial year.
‘Catering Connection’ delivered an
8% foodservice sales growth through
Campbells Wholesale business. The
Catering Connection concept provides
a ‘shop within a shop’ at selected
Campbells outlets.
Essentially, ‘Catering Connection’
provides a broad range of foodservice
products, frozen and chilled products,
fresh meat and catering equipment to the
free trade and hospitality markets and,
provides full service delivery to
its customer base.
Peter Dubbelman
CEO Campbells Wholesale
1.5%
Total Sales
($m)
1,685.3
4
.
0
6
6
,
1
8
.
0
5
5
,
1
4
.
7
1
4
,
1
4
7.
4
1,1
06
06
07
08
09
10
EBITA
($m)
28.8
.
0
3
3
.
6
0
3
.
9
8
2
.
2
1
2
06
07
08
09
10
Sales
Growth
Lucky 7 sales increased
27% on the previous year
C
A
M
P
B
E
L
L
S
W
H
O
L
E
S
A
L
E
21
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
440
Branded
Stores
MITRE 10
(cid:45)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:17)(cid:16)
Mitre 10 joins the Metcash Group
with a fifty year history of supporting
independent home improvement and
hardware retailers, who are an integral
part of local communities, right around
the nation.
April 2010 was Mitre 10’s first trading
period to be included in Metcash’s full
year results. The Metcash share of
Mitre 10 earnings for this period was
$1.5 million.
The effect of tough economic conditions,
reduced home building and interest
rate increases have led to an unsteady
market resulting in lower sales compared
with last year. Trading conditions
continue to be mixed across all states.
Despite the mixed trading conditions
of the last 12 months, the business
continued to manage working capital
efficiently whilst maintaining a customer
service level of 95% deliveries in full, on
time (DIFOT).
(cid:48)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:80)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:78)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:80)
Prior to Metcash acquiring a 50.1%
share in Mitre 10’s holding company,
Mittenmet Limited, a lot of work was
undertaken to improve working
capital management.
Over the last 12 months Mitre 10’s
management priorities were to stabilise
the business, take out costs, get customer
service levels right and continue to
operate a lean business in a challenging
economic environment. This ‘business
fitness’ approach resulted in the
0
1
E
R
T
I
M
22
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
company achieving significant financial
improvements and its best ever EBIT
result from its core business, wholesale
distribution operations.
(cid:45)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:17)(cid:16)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:72)
Metcash, along with its tried and
tested expertise in merchandising,
brand management and logistics, has
partnered with Mitre 10 to operate
as the only true independent national
home improvement and hardware
chain in Australia.
It was clear to both parties that Metcash
is the natural owner of Mitre 10. The
Metcash involvement has bolstered the
Mitre 10 balance sheet, ensures Mitre
10 Members retain their independence
as retailers, and enables Mitre 10 to
respond swiftly to market pressures in an
increasingly competitive landscape.
(cid:46)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:0)(cid:44)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:80)
In order to revitalise the Mitre 10
management team, Metcash has
seconded three experienced executives
– Mark Laidlaw as CEO, Robin
Johnston, General Manager Commercial
and Carl Salem, General Manager
Merchandise & Marketing. These
executives, alongside experienced
Mitre 10 leaders, will create a strong
management team.
(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:83)
An operational review of the Mitre
10 business was conducted in
April/May 2010 and the resultant
recommendations are being merged into
Mitre 10’s business plan.
Productivity improvements will be made
in areas such as supply chain, supplier
relationships and brand building and
some early results are expected.
(cid:37)(cid:77)(cid:66)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:0)(cid:46)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:0)(cid:0)
(cid:39)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:0)
The challenge for Mitre 10 now is to
grow the business at a time where
the retail economy is unsteady, but
consumers will always support well
stocked local independent retailers
managed by knowledgeable and
helpful owners and staff. Mitre 10 is
now in a position to grow the business
with Metcash support.
Plans will be implemented to:
›
protect the existing store network
and support Mitre 10 Members by
developing a strong merchandise
program to drive sales.
›
Drive sales growth by recruiting new
Members and opening new stores.
A guiding business principle, in line with
the Metcash philosophy, is that Mitre 10
will not compete with its customers by
operating company owned stores.
MITRE 10
JOINS THE METCASH GROUP
WITH A 50 YEAR HISTORY
(cid:47) (cid:38) (cid:0) S U P P O R T I N G(cid:0)
(cid:41) (cid:46) (cid:36) (cid:37) (cid:48) (cid:37) (cid:46) (cid:36) (cid:37) (cid:46) (cid:52) (cid:0) (cid:40) (cid:47) (cid:45) (cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:41) (cid:45) (cid:48) (cid:50) (cid:47) (cid:54) (cid:37) (cid:45) (cid:37) (cid:46) (cid:52) (cid:0) (cid:33) (cid:46) (cid:36)(cid:0)
(cid:40) (cid:33) (cid:50) (cid:36) (cid:55)(cid:33) (cid:50) (cid:37) (cid:0) (cid:50) (cid:37) (cid:52) (cid:33) (cid:41) (cid:44) (cid:37) (cid:50) (cid:51)
Future growth
for Mitre 10
focus on improvements in the supply chain,
developing a strong merchandise and
marketing model
NEW
EXECUTIVE
TEAM
THE NEW EXECUTIVES ALONGSIDE
EXPERIENCED MITRE 10 LEADERS
WILL CREATE A
STRONG
MANAGEMENT
TEAM
warehouses will be implemented at
Mitre 10 over the next 18 months.
This is expected to produce a
20% to 30% increase in
warehouse productivity.
(cid:45)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)
Mitre 10 continues to be the leading
independent hardware brand in
Australia. With brand recognition above
26% and rising, Mitre 10 can look
forward to the benefits of synergies
leveraged from Metcash’s buying power
– that means more brand exposure –
that's Mighty Helpful for the membership!
Mitre 10 will improve its targeted ‘local’
market positioning and niche marketing.
The New Year will see significant
new ranging throughout the Mitre 10
distribution network, delivering lower
cost of goods with the advantage of one
primary delivery.
The Private Label strategy will be a
priority program, driving consumer
preference for Mitre 10 whilst
increasing retail margins in this very
competitive market.
(cid:48)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:77)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)
Mitre 10 is set to deliver the critical
competitive advantage required in
promotion to consumer and trade.
Stronger promotions, aggressive prices
and a new range of ‘go to market’
initiatives will excite Members and
consumers alike.
The future direction of Mitre 10 is
expected to focus on improvements in
the supply chain, developing a strong
merchandise and marketing model and
growth strategies.
Mark Laidlaw
CEO Mitre 10
M
I
T
R
E
1
0
23
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
(cid:52)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:17)(cid:16)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:66)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:46)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:87)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:75)
The Mitre 10 network currently consists
of 440 branded stores with 430 non
branded stores also being serviced.
(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:52)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:78)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:89)
A new three-year IT strategy is being
implemented to guide IT improvements
and investment. Member needs,
industry trends, the Mitre 10 three-year
Business Plan and the current state of
Mitre 10’s ageing applications
are being addressed.
(cid:51)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:73)(cid:78)
Three key Supply Chain and Logistics
areas are being focused on to provide
a stable and consistent level of service –
safety, accuracy and service. This focus
has resulted in the best level of DIFOT in
the last five years and the lowest number
of injuries or incidents in our distribution
centres (DC), together with reduced costs
and increased capability of the DC in
Derrimut, Victoria.
In terms of safety and industrial relations:
›
›
›
all workplace agreements were
completed on time with no issues.
no lost time incurred due to
industrial relations issues over the
last 12 months.
safety performance has incrementally
improved in the last 12 months
resulting in reduced long term
injury cases.
The warehouse management technology
and systems used by Metcash in its
CORPORATE SOCIAL
RESPONSIBILITY
(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:66)(cid:73)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:89)
Metcash is committed to being a
responsible member of the communities
in which we live and work. We
endeavour to achieve high standards
of workplace health and safety, fair
and equitable conditions of
employment, environmental protection
and product safety by striving to
always conduct our business in a safe,
environmentally sustainable and socially
responsible manner.
The Metcash Health, Safety,
Environmental and Community (HSEC)
Governance Standards Framework
provides guidance, policy and principles
on what constitutes acceptable levels
of performance for HSEC and enables
us to implement and maintain HSEC
objectives and targets. To achieve these
targets, the necessary resources are
provided at each function and level
within the organisation. By developing
measurable objectives consistent with
our HSEC values we aim to demonstrate
best practice HSEC leadership in all
matters pertaining to Health, Safety,
Environment and Community and
promote individual responsibility for
HSEC by all employees.
WE FOCUS ON
OUR PEOPLE
OUR CUSTOMERS
OUR COMMUNITY &
OUR ENVIRONMENT
Sustainability is now a core area within
our business strategy. We continue to
place greater importance on the value
of environment, social and governance
principles, and to improve and manage
our corporate responsibilities as part of
our daily business operations as part of
a triple bottom line approach.
(cid:47)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:69)(cid:79)(cid:80)(cid:76)(cid:69)
Talent Management
Attracting, developing and retaining
our staff continues to be a key business
priority. In 2009 the company invested
in a new on-line recruitment system
which is delivering lower recruitment
costs and an improved level of
candidate quality.
The Metcash Talent Management
Framework has been strengthened to
enhance business performance and
ensure a leadership pipeline. This has
been done by the introduction of new
leadership competencies, a revised
performance management system and
new succession planning processes that
identify and retain top talent.
(cid:44)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)
There has been a focus on building
leadership capability and strength at
all levels, increasing the return to
employees and the company from
learning and development investment
and improving employees' access to
learning opportunities.
The Metcash Leadership Academy was
launched in early 2010 with structured
leadership programs provided at each
leadership level. Programs include
the ‘Diploma of Management’,’ LIFT
Warehouse Leadership Program’,
and three ‘Senior Manager Programs’
focusing on leading operations, projects
and people. The company also provides
a suite of core/cross level programs,
on-line resources and e-learning
solutions. Employees are also supported
in completing accredited vocational
and tertiary education through the
Metcash Employee Vocational Education
Sponsorship program, or MEVES.
(cid:37)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:89)(cid:69)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:37)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:65)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)
Employee health and well-being are
supported through the Metcash Pro-fit
Program offering annual flu vaccinations
and health checks, employee counselling
services, Camp Metcash, and flexible
working arrangements including
the ability to purchase additional
annual leave days and access to
well-being days.
The company continues to offer a range
of reward and recognition programs
aligned to key business outcomes
and employee performance. These
include service awards and CEO
awards as well as performance
based incentive payments.
Workplace diversity is a key priority
and the establishment of a Diversity
Committee and strategy will drive this
initiative over the coming years.
(cid:55)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:76)(cid:65)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)
More than two thirds of the Metcash
Trading Limited’s workforce have their
wage rates and employment conditions
determined by Enterprise Agreements or
Modern Awards.
There are currently 38 Enterprise
Agreements and three principal Modern
Awards that apply to our weekly-paid
employees, covering a range of
warehousing, clerical and transport
functions. Several Enterprise Agreements
were renewed during the financial year,
all of which have met the budgeted
levels or parameters set by the business.
Y
T
I
L
I
B
I
S
N
O
P
S
E
R
L
A
I
C
O
S
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C
24
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
IGA LEADS AUSTRALIAN
GROCERY RETAILING
FOR QUALITY, EVERYDAY
LOW PRICES &
COMMUNITY SUPPORT
With the launch of IGA Signature we made a significant
pledge to our members and people in the community. IGA
Signature is our premium brand, offering quality benchmarked
against market leaders and innovation throughout the world.
This taps into the growth of Private Label acceptance by
consumers and the range is exclusive to IGA branded stores,
so adds a strong 'reason why' consumers will come back
to IGA. Two cents from every IGA Signature product sold is
contributed to the local community via the Community Chest
program. This can be influenced by shoppers through their
stores so is a powerful driver to purchase IGA Signature and
reinforces the Local Hero message.
The annual payroll amount for weekly-
paid employees across Metcash Trading
Limited is $190,000,000.00.
Significantly, Metcash has not lost a
day from industrial action for the
re-negotiation of an Enterprise
Agreement in the last 12 years.
Enterprise Agreements reached by the
business require a balance between
increasing employee benefits, whilst at
the same time, having an emphasis on
reducing our cost of doing business and
improving our service to our customers.
(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:40)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:0)(cid:6)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:65)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:47)(cid:40)(cid:6)(cid:51)(cid:9)
The Vision
In 2010 Metcash focused on improving
Safety levels through the implementation
of the Mission Zero five-year strategic
plan. The central approach of ‘Mission
Zero’ is to embed a culture that is
intolerant of any injury and incident
through a commitment to personal
accountability at every level of the
organisation. Building on this foundation
with streamlined systems and processes,
we aim to achieve world-class
safety performance.
Some of the key focus areas in 2009-10
have included:
›
›
›
Company-wide review of all safety
procedures to ensure relevance and
effectiveness.
Simplification of internal safety
reporting processes.
Development of an early intervention
approach to injury management.
›
Rationalisation and realignment of
insurance arrangements to ensure
effective future management of
workers compensation.
›
A targeted approach to managing
key safety risk areas.
The OH&S/Injury Management Team in
2009-10 developed strategic projects
aimed at managing the key Safety Risk
areas:
›
›
›
›
I-CARE – continued implementation
and embedding the national strategic
injury management model;
MESSI – mobile equipment
management;
Manual handling assessment and
review;
Fit For Work program fully
implemented across the business
incorporating drug and alcohol testing
in pre-employment medicals, random
testing, cause testing and self testing.
The year ahead will see a continued
focus on our key safety risks and
safety systems. This will include
further development of initiatives for
management of manual handling and
mobile equipment aimed at driving
down incidents and injuries in these
areas. In addition, improved safety
data systems will be developed to
assist in effective targeting for proactive
safety management, providing further
improvements in safety performance.
(cid:51)(cid:65)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:69)
The results for the 2009-10 period were very positive with
significant reductions in the Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate
(LTIFR), Lost Time Injuries (LTI’s), lost hours, claims costs and
durations. There was an increase in workers compensation
claims as a result of an increased focus on reporting incidents
and injuries.
(cid:45)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:13)(cid:57)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:47)(cid:40)(cid:51)(cid:0)(cid:44)(cid:65)(cid:71)(cid:0)(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:83)
(cid:40)(cid:85)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:83)
3
2
1
0
LTI
LTIFR
2005–06
2006–07
2007–08
2008–09
2009–10
LOST HOURS
-47%
CLAIMS COST
-33%
CLAIM DURATION
-54%
CLAIMS
+14%
C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
E
S
O
C
I
A
L
R
E
S
P
O
N
S
I
B
I
L
I
T
Y
25
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
CORPORATE SOCIAL
RESPONSIBILITY CONTINUED...
SUSTAINABILITY
IS A CORE AREA
WITHIN OUR BUSINESS
STRATEGY
(cid:113) (cid:55) (cid:37) (cid:0) (cid:35) (cid:47) (cid:46) (cid:52) (cid:41) (cid:46) (cid:53) (cid:37) (cid:0) (cid:52) (cid:47) (cid:0) (cid:48) (cid:44) (cid:33) (cid:35) (cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:39) (cid:50) (cid:37) (cid:33) (cid:52) (cid:37) (cid:50) (cid:0) (cid:41) (cid:45) (cid:48) (cid:47) (cid:50) (cid:52) (cid:33) (cid:46) (cid:35) (cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:47) (cid:46) (cid:0) (cid:52) (cid:40) (cid:37) (cid:0) (cid:54) (cid:33) (cid:44) (cid:53) (cid:37) (cid:0) (cid:47) (cid:38)(cid:0)
E N V I R O N M E N T ,
S O C I A L & G O V E R N A N C E
P R I N C I P L E S (cid:14)
(cid:47)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:83)
Product Safety/Public Health
The Company continues to implement
strategies to ensure its business units
comply with food safety and food
labeling legislation whilst assisting
with the training and implementation
of retail food safety programs with its
independent retail customers.
The National Approved Supplier
Program ensures Metcash contracted
products are produced by suppliers with
appropriate Supplier Quality Assurance
certification schemes using safe and
ethical methods. The Company's
'corporate brand' food and consumer
products are produced under product
specification management and trade
measurement monitoring systems which
include regular physical, chemical and
microbiological batch testing to ensure
compliance and consumer safety.
(cid:38)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:65)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:68)(cid:83)(cid:0)
Hazard Analysis and Critical Control
Points (HACCP) based food safety
programs are in place at all Metcash
warehouses and are implemented into
new businesses as required.
These warehouse programs are
reviewed and certified to HACCP
(Codex Alimentarius) by third parties.
The internal and external third party
audits conducted during the past year
confirmed that all Metcash sites are
operating at legislated food safety
standards and have no outstanding
major non-conformances.
Y
T
I
L
I
B
I
S
N
O
P
S
E
R
L
A
I
C
O
S
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C
26
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
(cid:35)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:76)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)
Metcash continues to assist the Food
Industry Infrastructure Assurance Action
Group to better prepare the community
and the industry’s critical infrastructure
sites for possible pandemic, bioterrorism
and regional disasters such as major
floods, cyclones and bushfire risks.
Pandemic contingency plans have been
developed over the last four years by the
Retail Action Working Group with the
Food and Grocery Industry. Last year’s
pandemic event has been reviewed to
further improve response and recovery
plans for a severe pandemic event.
(cid:34)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)
A robust Business Continuity program
is a characteristic of good corporate
governance. Metcash continues to
develop and review existing site
management plans along with alerts
and response/recovery procedures to
improve our preparedness to effectively
recover in the event of an incident,
disaster or community issue
(e.g. Pandemic).
(cid:47)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:66)(cid:73)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:0)
(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:74)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:83)
We have formally established key
performance improvement projects and
targets that are being used to track our
performance in relation to sustainability
across four key areas; Our Business,
Our Products, Our Suppliers, and
Our Customers. These matters are
contained in our internal Sustainability
Strategy and Policy.
During the year we completed the
Company’s carbon footprint analysis by
determining the greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions. Metcash fully complies with
the National Greenhouse and Energy
Reporting Act (NGER), and the analysis
has been provided to the Federal
Government and the Carbon Disclosure
Project. Our target is to reduce by 20%
the energy consumed by the existing
Metcash sites in 2008/2009 by 2015.
The Metcash Environmental Sustainability
Committee (MESC) comprising the
CEO and key senior management has
formally adopted a suite of policies
and procedures to guide sustainability
initiatives and improvement planning.
These include targets and budgets
for each Metcash site and making
‘environmental care’ a condition of
employment in the Staff Code of
Conduct. The program is focused on
sustainability and environmental action
in four areas; ‘Our Business’, ‘Our
Products’, ‘Our Suppliers’, and
‘Our Customers’.
(cid:47)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:26)(cid:0)
Goals
›
›
›
›
›
›
Sustainable Buildings
Consolidated Logistics
Tangible Resource Efficiencies
Guide and Report Sustainable Work
Informed and Engaged Staff
Informed and Engaged Community
(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:0)(cid:68)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:26)
›
›
›
›
›
›
Completion of the carbon footprint
analysis and implementation of a
monitoring system.
Electricity consumption per employee
has been established as 17,341
kWh and 16.3 tonnes of carbon
emissions; and water consumption
equates to 42.7 litres per employee
per day.
Voluntary reporting of our NGERS
data at 97kT carbon emissions, well
below the 125kT reporting required
threshold.
Completing a $150,000 Detailed
Facility Study under an Energy
Performance Contract of our top 10
energy consuming sites.
Completion of a successful lighting
retrofit trial at a smaller site.
Establishing a governance structure
(including relevant charters and
policies) available on
www.metcash.com.
›
Establishing Green teams at our larger
sites to identify new initiatives.
IGA
Community Chest
IGA retailers have raised in excess of $45,000,000 over
the past 8 years through IGA Community Chest and
associated programs. The money has been donated to
over 7,000 local community groups, not-for-profit
organisations and other worthy causes.
(cid:38)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:87)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:26)
(cid:38)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:87)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:26)
›
We are completing a ‘whole
of business’ Environmental
Management System (EMS) for
onsite processes to minimise our
impact on the environment and
to meet the international standard
for environmental management
ISO14001. This will be implemented
at the 76 Metcash Australian
warehouses over the next two years.
›
All new planned large building
projects will have regard to the
Green Building Council of Australia
recommendation for a Green Star
rating system with a target rating of
4 or 5.
(cid:47)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:26)(cid:0)
Goals
›
Improve Product Packaging,
Range + Reporting
›
Sell More Eco-Friendlier Products
(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:0)(cid:68)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:26)
›
A Sustainable Packaging Technologist
has been employed to review the
packaging design of our corporate
branded products, with regard to
environmental performance. A PIQET
software tool is also being utilised.
›
A new range of 41 BFA
certified Organic products has
been produced.
›
Working with suppliers to
ensure National Packaging
Covenant objectives.
(cid:47)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:26)(cid:0)
Goals
›
Improve Supplier Sustainability
(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:0)(cid:68)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:26)
›
We are working with our corporate
brand suppliers on sustainability issues
and to establish targets.
(cid:38)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:87)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:26)
›
›
Working with the Australian Food
and Grocery Council to create a
coordinated sustainable supplier
questionnaire survey.
Continue to work with our suppliers
on important issues such as ‘certified’
palm oil usage, sustainable seafood
strategies, labelling of tuna and
other products, fair trade and
genetic modification.
(cid:47)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:26)(cid:0)
Goals
›
Improve Customer Sustainability
(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:0)(cid:68)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:26)
›
IGA stores are now involved in
Sustainability@Retail support programs
that measure carbon footprints and
encourage reduced Energy and
Water consumption.
(cid:48)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:0)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:87)(cid:73)(cid:76)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:66)(cid:65)(cid:72)(cid:0)(cid:55)(cid:69)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:89)
›
›
›
›
›
Encouraging healthy eating via the
annual IGA ‘Fast Food Blitz’ program.
Continue to support the IGA
Community Chest (since 1998),
raising funds via the sale of selected
products which stores then contribute
to community groups.
Continue to support the ‘Unsung
Heroes Awards’ which recognise
and reward hundreds of deserving
individuals who give up their time for
the good of others.
Many IGA stores have independently
decided to become plastic bag free
Food For Life is IGA’s healthy
living philosophy that incorporates
healthy information.
SUSTAINABILITY@RETAIL
SUPPORT PROGRAMS
REDUCE CARBON
FOOTPRINT
(cid:52) (cid:40) (cid:37) (cid:0) (cid:48) (cid:50) (cid:47) (cid:39) (cid:50) (cid:33) (cid:45) (cid:0) (cid:33) (cid:44) (cid:51) (cid:47)(cid:0)
(cid:37) (cid:46) (cid:35) (cid:47) (cid:53) (cid:50) (cid:33) (cid:39) (cid:37) (cid:51) (cid:0) (cid:50) (cid:37) (cid:36) (cid:53) (cid:35) (cid:37) (cid:36)(cid:0)
(cid:37) (cid:46) (cid:37) (cid:50) (cid:39) (cid:57) (cid:0) (cid:33) (cid:46) (cid:36) (cid:0) (cid:55)(cid:33) (cid:52) (cid:37) (cid:50)(cid:0)
(cid:35) (cid:47) (cid:46) (cid:51) (cid:53) (cid:45) (cid:48) (cid:52) (cid:41) (cid:47) (cid:46) (cid:14)
C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
E
S
O
C
I
A
L
R
E
S
P
O
N
S
I
B
I
L
I
T
Y
27
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
EXECUTIVETEAM
(cid:33)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:90)(cid:69)(cid:82)
(cid:43)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:78)
(cid:38)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:83)
(cid:35)(cid:37)(cid:47)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:0)(cid:39)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:83)
(cid:34)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:45)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:34)(cid:44)
Date of app. to Metcash Ltd: 18.04.05
Mr Andrew Reitzer has 32 years’
experience in the retail/wholesale industry.
Previous positions at Metro Cash and
Carry Limited include Group Operations
Director, heading operations in Russia and
Israel, Marketing Director, IT Director and
managing various operating divisions.
(cid:35)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:37)(cid:88)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:39)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:0)(cid:44)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)
(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)
(cid:45)(cid:34)(cid:33)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:39)(cid:50)(cid:33)(cid:36)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:41)(cid:48)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:53)(cid:51)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:41)(cid:48)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:35)(cid:35)
Mr Ken Bean has over 39 years’
experience in the retail wholesale industry.
Previously Ken was General Manager of
Coles-Myer Logistics Pty Ltd and was also
responsible for Coles-Myer Asia’s buying
offices. Ken has also held senior roles in
corporate development as well as finance
and administration. He also has significant
industrial property development and
construction experience and is currently a
member of the Australian Logistics Council.
(cid:35)(cid:37)(cid:47)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:44)(cid:73)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:83)
(cid:34)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:45)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:40)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:51)(cid:9)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:34)(cid:44)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:9)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:35)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:39)(cid:45)(cid:52)(cid:0)
(cid:8)(cid:41)(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:44)(cid:33)(cid:46)(cid:36)(cid:9)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:34)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:53)(cid:49)(cid:9)
Mr Fergus Collins joined ALM in
December 2001 as Commercial Manager
Queensland and was promoted to General
Manager Queensland in May 2004.
He became General Manager,
Independent Brands Australia in July 2006.
In February 2007, he was appointed
Chief Executive Officer.
Fergus is a member of the Chartered
Institute of Management Accountants of
the UK and a graduate of the Metcash
Executive Leadership Program.
(cid:48)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:85)(cid:66)(cid:66)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:78)
(cid:33)(cid:68)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:39)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:87)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:69)
(cid:34)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:42)(cid:0)(cid:40)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:69)
(cid:35)(cid:37)(cid:47)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:65)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:66)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:76)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:55)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:69)
(cid:45)(cid:34)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:45)(cid:37)(cid:44)(cid:34)(cid:9)
(cid:39)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)
(cid:34)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:40)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:51)(cid:9)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:35)(cid:33)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:34)(cid:33)
(cid:35)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:47)(cid:70)(cid:252)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:82)
(cid:34)(cid:0)(cid:52)(cid:40)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:35)(cid:33)(cid:46)(cid:9)
Appointed CEO of Campbells Wholesale
in June 1998. Mr Peter Dubbelman has
over 26 years’ experience in fast moving
consumer goods distribution primarily in
multi-site general management.
An experienced finance professional,
Mr Adrian Gratwicke brings over 22 years’
commercial and industry experience
to his current position as General
Manager Finance.
Since joining Metcash in April 1998, he
has held several senior roles including
National Accounting Manager, National
Commercial Manager IGA Distribution and
General Manager Mergers & Acquisitions,
Risk and Investor Relations.
Major growth in the convenience sector
has been achieved through the successful
development of an efficient supply chain
solution to organised and franchised
retailers and the development of
retail formats in the independent
convenience market.
Good growth in the hospitality sector has
been achieved more recently through
the successful development of specialist
foodservice distribution outlets.
Peter has successfully initiated major growth
of the business through the establishment of
three distinct divisions each aligned with
the specific needs of the organised and
independent Convenience, and Hospitality
markets throughout Australia.
Mr Bernard Hale was formerly a Director
of Metro Cash and Carry Limited of South
Africa. Bernard has 35 years of IT industry
experience, 25 of which have been within
the Metro Cash and Carry organisation.
Previous positions held in Metro include
Operation Director IT, Group IT Director,
Group Operations Director (Domestic) and
Corporate Group IT Director.
He was appointed Chief Information
Officer of Metcash Trading Limited on
1 December 2002. Prior to being
appointed to his current role he served
as an Executive Director of Metcash
Trading Limited.
M
A
E
T
E
V
I
T
U
C
E
X
E
28
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
(cid:45)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:42)(cid:65)(cid:66)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:75)(cid:73)
(cid:37)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:42)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:90)
(cid:51)(cid:73)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:66)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:79)
(cid:39)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)
Date of app. to Metcash Ltd: 18.04.05
Mr Mike Jablonski has 38 years’
experience in the food industry. Previous
positions include: 1984 Merchandise
Executive Foods of OK Bazaars; 1987-
1991 Merchandise and Marketing Director
of Score Food Holdings Ltd; 1992-1996
Deputy Group Merchandise Director of
Metro Cash and Carry Limited;
1996-1998 Director of Distribution and
Retail Development of Metro Cash and
Carry Limited.
Mr Jablonski is the Group Merchandise
Director of Metcash Limited. He is
responsible for the Group’s Merchandise,
Supplier relationships, and the income
derived thereof.
(cid:38)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)
(cid:34)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:45)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:51)(cid:33)(cid:9)
Date of app. to Metcash Ltd: 18.04.05
Qualified as a Chartered Accountant (SA)
in 1966. From July 1967 to November
1979 with Adcock Ingram Ltd – promoted
over time to Group Company Secretary
and then Finance Director.
Consulting January 1980 to March 1983
– business management and tax.
Caxton Ltd 1983–1997 - Finance Director;
Managing Director; Chairman. Chairman
of other publicly quoted companies.
Metcash Trading Limited, Metcash Limited –
May 1998 to date – Finance Director.
Mr Edwin Jankelowitz has spent over
36 years in corporate offices of listed
companies. He was a member of the
Income Tax Special Court in South Africa
for 20 years (1977–1997).
(cid:35)(cid:37)(cid:47)(cid:0)(cid:41)(cid:39)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)
(cid:33)(cid:51)(cid:51)(cid:47)(cid:35)(cid:41)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:37)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:41)(cid:48)(cid:0)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:47)(cid:47)(cid:36)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:52)(cid:33)(cid:41)(cid:44)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:39)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:38)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:9)(cid:37)(cid:56)(cid:37)(cid:35)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:41)(cid:48)(cid:0)
(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:52)(cid:33)(cid:41)(cid:44)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:46)(cid:39)(cid:52)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:33)(cid:35)(cid:38)(cid:50)(cid:51)(cid:9)
Mr Silvestro Morabito has over 30 years'
experience in grocery retailing both locally
and internationally. His career began with
Safeway in Victoria. He held various senior
positions in operations and IT during
this time.
After 15 years with Safeway, Mr Morabito
was recruited by Dairy Farm International
and held senior management roles in
New Zealand and Singapore. As CEO
of the Cold Storage Supermarket Group
in Singapore, he managed the successful
acquisition of the number three player in
that market and a chain of over
100 supermarkets.
In 2005 Mr Morabito was appointed CEO
of Action Supermarkets overseeing the sale
of the supermarkets to independent retailers
and the consolidation of the FAL retail
brands. He was then appointed General
Manager, WA, IGA Distribution.
Silvestro attended The Darden Business
School at the University of Virginia in 1998
and completed the TEP program.
In February of 2010 he was appointed
CEO of IGA Distribution.
(cid:36)(cid:65)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:42)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:78)
(cid:40)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:82)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:82)
(cid:35)(cid:37)(cid:47)(cid:0)(cid:41)(cid:39)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:72)
Mr Harry Rumpler joined the Company in
November 1997 as National Fresh Food
Manager for Merchandise and was then
appointed to General Manager IGAD
Queensland in 2005. He was appointed
CEO of IGA Fresh in November 2007.
Mr Rumpler has been in retail for 33
years working in all areas of the business
including operations, merchandise
and buying.
(cid:35)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:40)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:47)(cid:70)(cid:252)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:82)
(cid:45)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:53)(cid:51)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:37)(cid:45)(cid:48)(cid:44)(cid:47)(cid:57)(cid:45)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:52)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:44)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:51)(cid:9)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:33)(cid:40)(cid:50)(cid:41)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:42)(cid:48)
Mr David Johnston joined Metcash in
December 2001. He brings over 32
years’ experience in Human Resources
with some of the world’s most successful
FMCG companies. He has developed and
delivered highly successful culture change
initiatives and executive development
programs at national and international
levels, and pioneering Australian industrial
relations agreements.
Mr Johnston’s current focus at Metcash is to
strengthen leadership capability, implement
effective succession and talent development
strategies, develop and implement Diversity
programs and continue to develop ways to
make Metcash a great employer.
E
X
E
C
U
T
I
V
E
T
E
A
M
29
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
BOARD OFDIRECTORS
(cid:35)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:79)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:83)
(cid:33)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:90)(cid:69)(cid:82)
(cid:48)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:44)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:69)(cid:83)
(cid:46)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:13)(cid:69)(cid:88)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:78)
(cid:35)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:51)(cid:33)(cid:9)
Member of the Remuneration &
Nomination Committee
Date of app. to Metcash Ltd: 18.04.05
Mr Carlos dos Santos is a chartered
accountant and is a director of various
companies trading in Africa and the
Far East. He has had 40 years’ industry
experience and has been involved with the
Metcash business as a Director since
May 1998.
(cid:35)(cid:37)(cid:47)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:0)(cid:39)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:83)
(cid:34)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:45)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:34)(cid:44)
(cid:46)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:13)(cid:69)(cid:88)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:69)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:78)
(cid:45)(cid:34)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:45)(cid:37)(cid:44)(cid:34)(cid:47)(cid:53)(cid:50)(cid:46)(cid:37)(cid:9)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:45)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:35)(cid:37)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:40)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:51)(cid:9)
Date of app. to Metcash Ltd: 18.04.05
Mr Andrew Reitzer has 32 years’
experience in the retail/wholesale industry.
Previous positions at Metro Cash and
Carry Limited include Group Operations
Director, heading operations in Russia and
Israel, Marketing Director, IT Director and
managing various operating divisions.
Chairman of the Remuneration &
Nomination Committee
Date of app. to Metcash Ltd: 18.04.05
Mr Peter Barnes is Chairman of Ansell
Ltd, a Director of News Corporation and
Chairman of Samuel Smith & Sons Pty
Ltd. Mr Barnes was formerly an executive
with Philip Morris International Inc. He
held several senior management positions
in Australia and overseas - including
Managing Director, Lindeman Holdings Ltd
and President, Asia Region.
S
R
O
T
C
E
R
I
D
F
O
D
R
A
O
B
30
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
(cid:45)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:82)
(cid:46)(cid:69)(cid:73)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:0)(cid:40)(cid:65)(cid:77)(cid:73)(cid:76)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:78)
(cid:54)(cid:14)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:85)(cid:66)(cid:73)(cid:78)
(cid:46)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:13)(cid:69)(cid:88)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)
(cid:34)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:35)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:34)(cid:33)
Member of the Audit Risk &
Compliance Committee
(cid:46)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:13)(cid:69)(cid:88)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:0)
(cid:44)(cid:44)(cid:34)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:53)(cid:55)(cid:33)(cid:9)
Member of the Remuneration &
Nomination Committee
Date of app. to Metcash Ltd: 08.02.07
Date of app. to Metcash Ltd: 07.02.07
Mr Michael Butler has extensive
experience in investment banking gained
as an Executive Director of Bankers Trust's
Corporate Finance group and as Executive
Vice President of its Private Equity group.
He is presently a Non-executive Director
of AXA Asia Pacific Holdings Limited. He
was previously a Non-executive Director
and Chairman of Ausdoc Group Limited,
Freightways Express Limited, Hamilton
Island Limited, Members Equity Bank Pty
Limited, Industry Super Holdings Pty Ltd,
Verticon Group Limited, Position Partners Pty
Ltd and APN Property Group Ltd.
Mr Neil Hamilton is based in Perth and
Sydney and has over 27 years’ experience
in the legal profession and in business
with substantial experience in a number
of industries including investment/funds
management, insurance, banking
and resources.
Mr Hamilton is Chairman of OZ Minerals
Ltd, Mount Gibson Iron Limited and Miclyn
Express Offshore.
(cid:46)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:13)(cid:69)(cid:88)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)
(cid:35)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:51)(cid:33)(cid:9)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:40)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:41)(cid:48)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:36)(cid:48)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:34)(cid:33)
Member of the Audit Committee
Date of app. to Metcash Ltd: 18.04.05
Mr Dudley Rubin is a chartered accountant
and is a director of various companies
trading in Africa. He has had 27 years’
industry experience and has been involved
with the Metcash business as a director
since May 1998.
(cid:50)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:44)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:83)
(cid:45)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:42)(cid:65)(cid:66)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:75)(cid:73)
(cid:37)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:42)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:90)
(cid:46)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:13)(cid:69)(cid:88)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)
(cid:34)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:51)(cid:57)(cid:36)(cid:46)(cid:37)(cid:57)(cid:9)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:44)(cid:44)(cid:34)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:51)(cid:57)(cid:36)(cid:46)(cid:37)(cid:57)(cid:9)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:34)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:46)(cid:51)(cid:55)(cid:9)
Solicitor (non-practising)
Chairman of the Audit Risk & Compliance
Committee
Date of app. to Metcash Ltd: 18.04.05
Mr Richard Longes has been a director
of a number of public companies and a
member of various government bodies and
inquiries for more than 20 years. He is
currently Chairman of Austbrokers Holdings
Ltd and a Director of Boral Limited and
Investec Bank (Australia) Ltd.
Mr Longes was formerly a co-founder and
principal of the corporate advisory and
private equity firm, Wentworth Associates,
and prior to that a partner of Freehill
Hollingdale & Page, solicitors.
(cid:44)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:0)(cid:42)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:78)
(cid:38)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:37)(cid:47)(cid:0)(cid:41)(cid:39)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)
Date of app. to Metcash Ltd: 18.04.05
Resigned: 9 February 2010
Mr Lou Jardin has extensive industry
experience, including owning and
operating independent supermarkets and
holding senior positions within a chain
store environment, as well as warehouse
and distribution operations. He held a
senior position with Coles-Myer for 11
years before joining Metcash in 1997 as
the National Manager of Company owned
stores. In 1998, Mr Jardin moved to
Queensland as the State General Manager
of IGA Distribution until his appointment
in May 2000 to the role of CEO IGA
Distribution. Mr Jardin resigned from this
position in February 2010.
(cid:39)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)
Date of app. to Metcash Ltd: 18.04.05
Mr Mike Jablonski has 38 years’
experience in the food industry. Previous
positions include: 1984 Merchandise
Executive Foods of OK Bazaars; 1987-
1991 Merchandise and Marketing
Director of Score Food Holdings Ltd;
1992-1996 Deputy Group Merchandise
Director of Metro Cash and Carry Limited;
1996-1998 Director of Distribution
and Retail Development of Metro Cash
and Carry Limited. Mr Jablonski is the
Group Merchandise Director of Metcash
Limited. He is responsible for the Group’s
Merchandise, Supplier relationships, and
the income derived thereof.
(cid:38)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)
(cid:34)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:45)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:33)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:51)(cid:33)(cid:9)
Date of app. to Metcash Ltd: 18.04.05
Qualified as a Chartered Accountant (SA)
in 1966. From July 1967 to November
1979 with Adcock Ingram Ltd – promoted
over time to Group Company Secretary
and then Finance Director.
Consulting January 1980 to March 1983
– business management and tax.
Caxton Ltd 1983–1997 - Finance Director;
Managing Director; Chairman. Chairman
of other publicly quoted companies.
Metcash Trading Limited, Metcash Limited –
May 1998 to date – Finance Director.
Mr Edwin Jankelowitz has spent over
36 years in corporate offices of listed
companies. He was a member of the
Income Tax Special Court in South Africa
for 20 years (1977–1997).
(cid:42)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:76)
(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:89)
(cid:34)(cid:37)(cid:35)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:35)(cid:48)(cid:33)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:35)(cid:41)(cid:51)(cid:12)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:33)(cid:41)(cid:35)(cid:36)
Mr John Randall joined the Company in
1997. Previously Chief Financial Officer
of Metal Manufactures Limited and
Overseas Telecommunications Corporation
Limited. Member and former President of
the Accounting Foundation, University of
Sydney, a former National President of
the Group of 100, NSW President and
National Board member of CPA Australia.
B
O
A
R
D
O
F
D
I
R
E
C
T
O
R
S
31
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
The Directors of Metcash Limited (Metcash or Company) support and adhere to the principles of corporate governance set out in the Metcash
Corporate Governance Statement. In supporting these principles, the Directors acknowledge the need for the highest standards of behaviour
and accountability.
The Directors believe that the Company’s policies and practices have complied in all substantial respects with corporate governance best practice
in Australia, including the ASX Corporate Governance Council Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (Principles) introduced in
March 2003 and revised in August 2007.
PROPOSED CHANGES TO CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRINCIPLES
The Company notes the Exposure Draft of proposed changes to the Principles (Changes) released on 22 April 2010 by the ASX Corporate
Governance Council. The Changes are expected to be finalised on 30 June 2010 and to first apply to the Company for the financial year
beginning 1 July 2011.
The Company will review and address each of the Changes once the final version has been released.
SUMMARY OF COMPLIANCE WITH PRINCIPLES AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The table below summarises the Company’s compliance with the Corporate Governance Council’s recommendations.
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:35)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:45)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:36)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:35)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:48)(cid:44)(cid:57)(cid:0)(cid:57)(cid:37)(cid:51)(cid:15)(cid:46)(cid:47)(cid:0)
(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:38)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:35)(cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:37)(cid:56)(cid:48)(cid:44)(cid:33)(cid:46)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)
Principle 1 – Lay solid foundations for management and oversight
1.1 Companies should establish the functions reserved to the Board and those delegated
to senior executives and disclose those functions.
1.2 Companies should disclose the process for evaluating the performance of senior executives.
1.3 Companies should provide the information indicated in the guide to reporting on Principle 1.
Principle 2 – Structure the Board to add value
2.1 A majority of the Board should be Independent Directors.
2.2 The Chair should be an Independent Director.
2.3 The roles of Chair and Chief Executive Officer should not be exercised by the same individual.
2.4 The Board should establish a Nomination Committee.
2.5 Companies should disclose the process for evaluating the performance of the Board,
its Committees and individual Directors.
2.6 Companies should provide the information indicated in the guide to reporting on Principle 2.
Principle 3 – Promote ethical and responsible decision-making
Page 34
Page 34
Page 34
Page 34
Page 35
Page 35
Page 35
Page 36
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3.1 Companies should establish a code of conduct and disclose the code or a summary of the code as to:
Yes
Website
›
›
›
the practices necessary to maintain confidence in the Company’s integrity;
the practices necessary to take into account their legal obligations and the reasonable
expectations of their stakeholders;
the responsibility and accountability of individuals for reporting and investigating reports of
unethical practices.
3.2 Companies should establish a policy concerning trading in Company securities by Directors,
senior executives and employees, and disclose the policy or a summary of that policy.
3.3 Companies should provide the information indicated in the guide to reporting on Principle 3.
Principle 4 – Safeguard integrity in financial reporting
4.1 The Board should establish an Audit Committee.
4.2 The Audit Committee should be structured so that it:
›
›
›
›
consists only of Non-executive Directors;
consists of a majority of Independent Directors;
is chaired by an Independent Chair, who is not Chair of the Board;
has at least three members.
4.3 The Audit Committee should have a formal charter.
4.4 Companies should provide the information indicated in the guide to reporting on Principle 4.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Page 36
Page 37
Page 37
Page 37
Website
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C
32
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:35)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:45)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:36)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:0)
Principle 5 – Make timely and balanced disclosure
5.1 Companies should establish written policies designed to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule
disclosure requirements and to ensure accountability at a senior executive level for that compliance
and disclose those policies or a summary of those policies.
(cid:0)
(cid:35)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:48)(cid:44)(cid:57)(cid:0)(cid:57)(cid:37)(cid:51)(cid:15)(cid:46)(cid:47)(cid:0)
(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:38)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:35)(cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:37)(cid:56)(cid:48)(cid:44)(cid:33)(cid:46)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)
Yes
Website
5.2 Companies should provide the information indicated in the guide to reporting on Principle 5.
Yes
Principle 6 – Respect the rights of shareholders
6.1 Companies should design a communications policy for promoting effective communication with
shareholders and encouraging their participation at general meetings and disclose their policy or a
summary of that policy.
6.2 Companies should provide the information indicated in the guide to reporting on Principle 6.
Principle 7 – Recognise and manage risk
7.1 Companies should establish policies for the oversight and management of material business risks
and disclose a summary of those policies.
7.2 The Board should require management to design and implement the risk management and
internal control system to manage the company’s material business risks and report to it on whether
those risks are being managed effectively. The Board should disclose that management has reported
to it as to the effectiveness of the Company’s management of its material business risks.
7.3 The Board should disclose whether it has received assurance from the Chief Executive Officer
(or equivalent) and the Chief Financial Officer (or equivalent) that the declaration provided in
accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act is founded on a sound system of risk
management and internal control and that the system is operating effectively in all material respects
in relation to financial reporting risks.
7.4 Companies should provide the information indicated in the guide to reporting on Principle 7.
Principle 8 – Remunerate fairly and responsibly
8.1 The Board should establish a Remuneration Committee.
8.2 Companies should clearly distinguish the structure of Non-executive Directors’ remuneration from
that of Executive Directors and senior executives.
8.3 Companies should provide the information indicated in the guide to reporting on Principle 8.
Yes
Page 38
Yes
Yes
Yes
Page 38
Page 39
Yes
Page 39
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Page 40
Refer to
Remuneration
report
The Company’s policies and practices and their relationship to the Council’s recommendations are set out in more detail as follows.
C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
E
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
33
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED
PRINCIPLE 1: LAY SOLID FOUNDATION
FOR MANAGEMENT AND OVERSIGHT
Responsibilities of the board
and management
The Board of Directors is responsible for setting the strategic direction
of the Company and for overseeing and monitoring its businesses
and affairs.
The Board reviews and approves the Company’s strategic and business
plans and guiding policies. Day-to-day management of the Company’s
affairs and implementation of its strategy and policy initiatives are
delegated to the Chief Executive Officer and senior executives, who
operate in accordance with Board-approved policies and delegated
limits of authority.
The principal functions of the Board include:
›
›
›
›
›
›
charting the direction, strategies and financial objectives of
the Company;
monitoring implementation of those strategies and the
operational and financial performance and risk of each
of the Company’s activities;
reviewing major capital expenditure, acquisitions, divestments
and funding;
reviewing performance, remuneration and succession of
senior management;
monitoring compliance with legal regulatory requirements,
including occupational health and safety laws, product safety
and the protection of the environment;
monitoring the Company’s relationships with its stakeholders
and compliance with ethical standards and the Company’s
Code of Conduct;
›
corporate governance generally.
The Board’s Charter can be found on the Company’s website
www.metcash.com under the heading ‘Corporate Governance’.
Evaluating the performance of
senior executives
On an annual basis, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee
reviews the performance of the Chief Executive Officer against
qualitative and quantitative criteria, which include profit performance,
other financial measures and achievement of the Company’s strategic
objectives. This occurred during the 2010 financial year in accordance
with this process.
The Company maintains a performance evaluation process which
measures other senior executives against previously agreed Key
Performance Indicators and Key Behavioural Indicators. This process is
performed formally once a year with quarterly reviews and took place
for each senior executive during the 2010 financial year.
Senior executives have access to continuing education to update and
enhance their skills and knowledge.
PRINCIPLE 2: STRUCTURE THE BOARD TO ADD VALUE
A majority of the board should be Independent Directors
Appointment to the Board
The Board’s policy for the selection, appointment and re-appointment of
Directors is to ensure that the Board possesses an appropriate range of
skills, experience and expertise to enable the Board to most effectively
carry out its responsibilities. As part of this appointment process, the
Directors consider Board renewal and succession plans and whether
the Board is of a size and composition that is conducive to making
appropriate decisions.
Prior to Directors standing for re-election, the Remuneration and
Nomination Committee reviews the skills and contribution of the
Directors concerned and decides whether the Committee supports their
re-election. The Committee then recommends their decision to
the Board.
When a vacancy exists, or when it is considered that the Board would
benefit from the services of a new Director with particular skills, the
Remuneration and Nomination Committee selects a panel of candidates
with appropriate expertise and experience. This may be supplemented
with advice from external consultants if necessary. The Board, on the
Committee’s recommendation, then appoints the most suitable candidate
who must stand for election at the next general meeting of shareholders.
Directors are not appointed for a fixed term but, under the Company’s
Constitution, must be re-elected each 3 years by rotation and are
subject to Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules and
Corporations Act provisions.
Board Composition
Maintaining a balance of experience and skills is an important factor in
Board composition. For details of the skills, experience and expertise of
the individual Directors, and the period of office held by each Director,
please refer to page 30, headed ‘Board of Directors’, of this report.
The Board of Metcash is currently constituted as follows:
Independent Non-executive Directors
Six Independent Directors hold key positions that include chairing the
Board and the Board Committees of Audit Risk and Compliance and
Remuneration and Nomination. They provide an external perspective
and checks and balances for the interests of all shareholders.
The Board’s six Non-executive Directors (at the date of this report),
Mr dos Santos, Mr Barnes, Mr Butler, Mr Hamilton, Mr Longes and
Mr Rubin, are considered by the Board to be Independent Directors.
The Board has adopted a definition of independence which is derived
from the definition set out in the Principles. Directors are considered
independent if they are not a member of management and are free of
any business or other relationship that would materially interfere with, or
could reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with,
the independent exercise of their judgement.
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C
34
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
When assessing the independence of a Director, the Board will
consider whether the Director:
›
›
›
›
›
is a substantial shareholder of the Company or an officer of,
or otherwise associated directly with, a substantial shareholder
of the Company;
is employed or has previously been employed in an executive
capacity by the Company or another group member and there has
not been a period of at least three years between ceasing to hold
any such employment and serving on the Board;
has within the last three years been a principal of a material
professional adviser or a material consultant to the Company or
another group member, or an employee materially associated
with the service provided;
is a material supplier or customer of the Company or other group
member, or an officer of or otherwise associated directly or
indirectly with a material supplier or customer;
has a material contractual relationship with the Company or another
group member other than as a Director of the Company.
The Board regularly assesses whether each Non-executive Director
is independent, based on this definition, and in light of information
disclosed by those Directors that may be relevant to this assessment.
The six Non-executive Directors are considered to be independent for
the reasons set out as follows.
›
›
›
›
›
None of the six Non-executive Directors is a substantial shareholder
of the Company or associated with a substantial shareholder of the
Company (holding 5% or more of the Company’s issued shares).
Messrs Barnes, Butler, Hamilton and Longes are not employed
by, nor have they previously been employed by, the Company
or another group member. Mr dos Santos and Mr Rubin were
employed in executive positions by Metoz, the former group
holding company and now a wholly owned Metcash subsidiary.
That employment ceased on 18 April 2005 when the Metoz
scheme became effective.
A period of more than three years has thus elapsed during which
Mr dos Santos and Mr Rubin have remained as Metcash Directors.
Although there has not been ‘...a period of at least three years
between ceasing such employment and serving on the Board’, it
is noted that their roles as Metoz employees did not put them in a
position of authority, responsibility, and/or directing the activities
of Metcash itself and, that this fact, combined with the five year
elapsed period are important factors in determining their capacity
to bring independent judgement to bear on Metcash Board
deliberations. At all times, they have been Non-executive Directors
of Metcash. Given the specific facts of their situation, this test does
not preclude them from being considered independent.
The Board considered all relevant factors and concluded that
Mr dos Santos and Mr Rubin are Independent Directors and
accordingly, Mr dos Santos is considered to be an
Independent Chairman.
None of the six Non-executive Directors have a contractual
relationship with the group nor have they been a professional
adviser or consultant to the group or an employee associated with
the service provided.
›
›
›
None of the six Non-executive Directors is a material supplier
or customer of the Company or an officer of, or otherwise
associated directly or indirectly with, a material supplier or
customer. Materiality is assessed as supplying 2.5% or more of the
Company’s annual purchases or a customer representing 2.5% or
more of the Company’s annual sales.
Mr Barnes is Chairman of Samuel Smith & Sons Pty Ltd and a
Director and Chairman of Ansell Limited, suppliers to the Company,
however, the level of purchases involved is not considered material
being less than 0.4% of the Company’s total purchases.
None of the six Non-executive Directors has a contractual
relationship with the Company or another group member, other than
as a Director of the Company.
Executive Directors
The Board has three Executive Directors, Mr Andrew Reitzer, Mr
Michael Jablonski and Mr Edwin Jankelowitz. Mr Andrew Reitzer is the
Company’s Chief Executive Officer and each of the other two Directors
is responsible for key activities of the Company.
All Directors, whether independent or not, bring an independent
judgement to bear on Board decisions.
Independent Professional Advice
The Board has a policy of enabling Directors to seek independent
professional advice at the Company’s expense. The Board will review in
advance the estimated costs for reasonableness, but will not impede the
seeking of advice.
Company Secretary
All Directors have access to the Company Secretary who is accountable
to the Board, through the Chairman, on all governance matters.
The Chair should be an Independent Director
The Chair, Mr Carlos dos Santos, is considered by the Board to be an
Independent Director. Please see above.
The roles of Chair and Chief Executive Officer should not
be exercised by the same individual
The roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chair are not exercised by the
same individual.
The Board should establish a nomination committee
The Board has a Remuneration and Nomination Committee.
Remuneration and Nomination Committee
The membership of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee
consists of the Non-executive Independent Directors who are listed
below, together with details of their qualifications and attendance at
meetings during the past financial year.
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:45)(cid:37)(cid:45)(cid:34)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:0)
P L Barnes (C)
C S dos Santos
N D Hamilton
(C) Chairman
(cid:0)
(cid:49)(cid:53)(cid:33)(cid:44)(cid:41)(cid:38)(cid:41)(cid:35)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:51)(cid:0)
BComm (Hons), MBA
CA (SA)
LLB
(cid:45)(cid:37)(cid:37)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:39)(cid:51)(cid:0)(cid:40)(cid:37)(cid:44)(cid:36)(cid:0)
(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:50)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:39)(cid:0)(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:17)(cid:16)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:38)(cid:57)(cid:9)(cid:0)
(cid:45)(cid:37)(cid:37)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:39)(cid:51)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:52)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:36)(cid:37)(cid:36)(cid:0)
(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:50)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:39)(cid:0)(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:17)(cid:16)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:38)(cid:57)(cid:9)
4
4
4
4
4
4
C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
E
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
35
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED
Responsibilities of the Committee include to:
›
›
›
›
›
advise the Board on remuneration of the CEO and
senior management;
advise the Board on performance-linked compensation
for management;
oversee the administration of the Metcash Employees Option Plan;
advise the Board on directorship and Board Committee
appointments, Board succession planning and performance of
the CEO;
implement processes to assess the effectiveness of the Board
and its Committees.
The Committee consists only of Independent Directors and is chaired by
an Independent Director who is not Chairman of the Board.
The Charter of the Committee can be found on the Company’s website
www.metcash.com under the heading ‘Corporate Governance’.
Process for evaluating the performance of the Board,
its committees and individual directors
During 2008, it was decided that annual reviews of the Board, its
committees and directors would be performed using a self-evaluation
questionnaire, with an independent review to be conducted each third
year using an external Board Performance Consultant. Prior to that, the
Board reviewed performance each second year using the services of a
recognised Board Performance Consultant.
The self-evaluation questionnaire has been utilised for the 2009
and 2010 financial years and, accordingly, a recognised Board
Performance Consultant will conduct the 2011 financial year review.
The questionnaire used for the 2010 review covered the areas of
Board structure and role, Board composition and succession,
meeting processes, strategy and planning, performance monitoring
and communication.
The process was managed by the Company Secretary on a confidential
basis. Results of the questionnaire were provided to all Directors with
any comments from Directors passed to the Chairman. The results were
reviewed by the Chairman individually with each Director, then by the
Remuneration & Nomination Committee and finally by the Board.
It was agreed by Directors that the evaluation process had been
effective and that the individual discussions with the Chairman had
been frank and open. The overall conclusion was that the Board and its
Committees are effective and found to be operating at a level that has
surpassed the high level identified in the 2009 evaluation and decisions
are made in a timely manner.
PRINCIPLE 3 – PROMOTE ETHICAL AND RESPONSIBLE
DECISION-MAKING
Establish a Code of Conduct
The Company has a Code of Conduct that applies to Directors and
all employees. Subjects covered by the Code include:
›
›
›
›
equal employment opportunity, discrimination and harassment;
security of Company records and assets and
confidentiality guidelines;
conflict of interest, acceptance of gifts, entertainment and services;
fraud, corruption and irregular transactions;
›
›
›
legal compliance;
honest ethical behaviour;
environmental protection and safe working environment.
The Code can be found on the Company’s website www.metcash.com
under the heading ‘Corporate Governance’.
Compliance with the Code is checked through the Company’s
processes including internal audit, security, human resources and
occupational health and safety. New staff members are required
to attend an induction program that includes behaviour guidelines.
Additionally, the Company’s staff appraisal process includes employees’
performance against ‘Key Behavioural Indicators’ as well as ‘Key
Performance Indicators’.
The Company also has a ‘Serious Complaints’ policy which endeavours
to protect those who report, in good faith, violations of the Code of
Conduct. This policy can be found on the Company’s website www.
metcash.com under the heading ‘Corporate Governance’.
Trading in Company Securities
The Company has a code for Directors, senior executives and all
Metcash employees who are advised of closed trading periods in
March and September each year in respect of security transactions and
it can be found on the Company’s website www.metcash.com under the
heading ‘Corporate Governance’.
The Metcash Share Trading Policy restricts trading of Metcash securities
by Directors, senior executives, and all Metcash employees who are
advised of closed trading periods. Under the policy, no Director, senior
executive nor Metcash employee advised of the closed trading period
may purchase or sell securities in Metcash during the periods between
1 October and the date of publication of preliminary half year results
and 1 April and date of publication of preliminary final results, except
with the written authority of the Chairman of Metcash. Such authority
will only be granted in exceptional circumstances. The Chairman may
also restrict dealings in securities of Metcash during other periods.
Trading in all of these periods is monitored to ensure Directors, senior
executives and all Metcash employees who are advised of closed
trading periods have not traded in Metcash securities.
Further, Directors and members of the Metcash Executive Team (direct
reports to the CEO), who wish to deal in Metcash securities, must first
notify the Chairman in writing of the proposed dealing, which must not
be engaged in until approval has been given by the Chairman.
The use of derivatives over unvested Metcash securities can
have the effect of distorting the proper functioning of performance
hurdles and reducing the intended alignment between management
and shareholder.
Metcash employees must not use, or allow to be used, any derivatives
in relation to unvested Metcash securities.
In respect of investments in Metcash shares that are financed by margin
call loans, Directors and members of the Metcash Executive Team are
required to advise the Chairman of such investments and the Company
Secretary is to maintain a register of such instances. The Chairman is
to be advised of any lender’s intention to sell Metcash shares held by
Directors and senior executives to satisfy margin loans.
This policy in no way alters the obligation of Directors to notify the
Company Secretary of any change in the beneficial ownership of
Metcash shares held by them.
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C
36
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
PRINCIPLE 4 – SAFEGUARD INTEGRITY IN FINANCIAL
REPORTING
The Committee reviews the effectiveness of risk management policies
and procedures by:
The Board should establish an Audit Committee
The Board has an Audit, Risk and Compliance Committee.
The membership of the Audit Risk and Compliance Committee consists
of the Non-executive Independent Directors who are listed below,
together with details of their qualifications and attendance at meetings
during the past financial year.
The function of the Audit Risk and Compliance Committee is to advise
on the establishment and maintenance of a framework of internal
control, effective management of financial and other risks, compliance
with laws and regulations and appropriate ethical standards for the
management of Metcash. It also gives the Board additional assurance
regarding the quality and reliability of financial information prepared for
use by the Board in determining policies or for inclusion in the financial
statements. In accordance with the Principles, the Committee consists
only of Independent Directors and is chaired by an Independent Director
who is not the Chairman of the Board
Committee Charter
The Committee’s Charter, which is summarised below, sets out the
specific responsibilities delegated to it by the Board and details the
manner in which the Committee will operate. The Charter can be found
on the Company’s website www.metcash.com under the heading
‘Corporate Governance’.
The principal terms of reference of the Audit Risk and Compliance
Committee are the effective management of financial and other risks
through ensuring that systems and management processes are in place
to identify and manage operational, financial and compliance risks.
Specific areas of review include:
›
›
›
›
›
overseeing the establishment of a framework within which risks
to the Company are identified and mitigated and risk avoidance
processes are established and the effectiveness of the risk
management process monitored;
financial risk and exposure;
occupational health and safety;
environmental issues;
Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP) based food
safety program; and
›
integrity of information technology systems.
›
›
›
›
›
reviewing monthly financial performance against budget and
updated forecasts at least quarterly;
reviewing the internal audit of the Group’s financial controls,
taxation compliance and adherence to policies and regulations;
reviewing annually the effectiveness and adequacy of the Group’s
insurance program;
the provision of reliable management and financial reporting - this is
done by reviewing and assessing the:
-
-
quality and timing of management reporting to the Board to
enable internal and external reporting of the Company’s risks,
operations and financial condition;
accounting policies and practices against generally accepted
accounting principles and the requirements of the Corporations
Law, Australian Accounting Standards and Australian Securities
Exchange requirements;
-
half-yearly and annual financial statements;
assessing compliance with laws and regulations by monitoring
developments and changes in the various rules, laws and
regulations relating to the Company’s business operations and the
responsibilities of Directors and reviewing the extent to which the
Board and the Company are meeting their obligations to ensure
that all requirements are met;
›
the maintenance of an effective and efficient audit function
– this is achieved by:
-
-
-
recommending to the Board the appointment of external and
internal auditors;
reviewing the effectiveness of the external and internal
audit functions;
ensuring audit scopes are adequate and cover areas of
anticipated risk;
-
reviewing audit findings and management response;
-
reviewing the independence of the external auditor;
-
ensuring auditors have the necessary access to Company
information and staff to fulfil their obligations.
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:45)(cid:37)(cid:45)(cid:34)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:0)
R A Longes (C)
M R Butler
V D Rubin
(C) Chairman
(cid:0)
(cid:49)(cid:53)(cid:33)(cid:44)(cid:41)(cid:38)(cid:41)(cid:35)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:51)(cid:0)
BA, LLB, MBA
B Sc, MBA
CA(SA), HDip BDP, MBA
(cid:45)(cid:37)(cid:37)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:39)(cid:51)(cid:0)(cid:40)(cid:37)(cid:44)(cid:36)(cid:0)
(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:50)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:39)(cid:0)(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:17)(cid:16)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:38)(cid:57)(cid:9)(cid:0)
(cid:45)(cid:37)(cid:37)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:39)(cid:51)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:52)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:36)(cid:37)(cid:36)(cid:0)
(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:50)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:39)(cid:0)(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:17)(cid:16)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:38)(cid:57)(cid:9)
5
5
5
5
4
5
C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
E
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
37
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED
The Audit Risk and Compliance Committee acts to ensure that
operational, financial and compliance risks are managed in
accordance with the Board’s risk tolerance. The Company has
implemented a Risk Management Framework which is supported by
specialised risk management teams (refer Principle 7 – Recognise and
Manage Risk). The Committee has obtained assurance regarding the
effectiveness of the overall system of risk management through various
means. These means have included direct enquiry of management,
internal and external audit reports and the monitoring of financial and
operational results. The Committee meets regularly, in private, with the
Lead External Audit Partner and the Chief Internal Auditor.
A ‘Charter of Audit Independence’ is in place that details the
circumstances in which the Company’s external auditor may perform
non-audit related services and the procedures to be followed to obtain
approval for those services where they are permitted. The ‘Charter’
also contains the Company’s policies on the hiring of former partners
and senior managers of the external auditor and the rotation of lead
and review external audit engagement partners. The Charter can be
found on the Company’s website www.metcash.com under the heading
‘Corporate Governance’.
In principle, the appointment of an external auditor would be based
on a tender process conducted by the Audit Risk and Compliance
Committee Committee. The Committee would select suitable candidates
for the role, issue and evaluate tenders, interview the candidates and
then make a recommendation to the Board.
PRINCIPLE 5 – MAKE TIMELY AND BALANCED DISCLOSURE
Compliance with ASX listing rule
disclosure requirements
The Metcash Market Disclosure Policy is designed to ensure that:
›
›
there is full and timely disclosure of Metcash’s activities to
shareholders and the market, in accordance with Metcash’s legal
and regulatory obligations; and
all stakeholders (including shareholders, the market and other
interested parties) have an equal opportunity to receive and obtain
externally available information issued by Metcash.
The policy reflects Metcash’s obligation to comply with the disclosure
requirements of the Listing Rules of the Australian Securities Exchange
(ASX), as well as relevant corporations and securities legislation.
The policy is reviewed regularly to ensure that the policy reflects any
legislative or regulatory requirements or ‘best practice’ developments.
Disclosure responsibilities and procedures
Metcash has designated the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and
Company Secretary as ‘Disclosure Officers’. The Chairman’s approval,
or that of his delegate, is required for disclosures. The Company
Secretary has responsibility for liaising with the ASX in relation to all
announcement and disclosure issues.
Disclosure Officers have responsibility for reviewing proposed
disclosures and making decisions in relation to what information can or
should be disclosed to the market.
All Metcash staff are required to inform a Disclosure Officer of any
potential ‘price sensitive’ information concerning Metcash as soon as
they become aware of it. Staff may speak to their Business Pillar Head
or a Disclosure Officer if they are in doubt as to whether information is
potentially ‘price sensitive’.
The Market Disclosure Policy can be found on the Company’s website
www.metcash.com under the heading ‘Corporate Governance’.
PRINCIPLE 6 – RESPECT THE RIGHTS OF SHAREHOLDERS
Metcash believes that shareholder and market confidence in all its
dealings is paramount and is committed to ensuring it complies with
continuous disclosure obligations so that its investors have timely and
equal access to important company information.
Information provided to the ASX is made available on the Company’s
website so that all shareholders and other key stakeholders have timely
access to it.
In addition to meeting its continuous disclosure obligations, Metcash
ensures shareholders and the broader investment community have timely
access to important company information through a series of regular
disclosure events during the financial year. The calendar for these events
is posted on the company’s website.
The Shareholder Communication Policy can be found on the
Company’s website www.metcash.com under the heading
‘Corporate Governance’.
The Company is encouraging electronic communication with
shareholders to facilitate the speedy and inexpensive dissemination
of information. This is being done through a program to obtain
shareholder email addresses to alert them to new information on the
Metcash website and to distribute information to them directly. The
Company’s website contains more than five years of ASX and media
announcements and annual reports. This information is shown under
the heading ‘Investors’. Electronic proxy voting has been introduced.
The Board encourages full participation of shareholders at the Annual
General Meeting to ensure a high level of accountability and discussion
of the Company’s strategy and goals. The external auditor attends
the Annual General Meeting to answer shareholder questions about
the conduct of the audit and the preparation and content of the
Auditor’s Report.
PRINCIPLE 7 – RECOGNISE AND MANAGE RISK
Polices for the oversight and management of material
business risks
The Metcash Board is responsible for designing and reviewing
Metcash’s Risk Management Policy and for determining the Company’s
appetite for risk, taking into account the Company’s strategic objectives
and other factors including stakeholder expectations. The level of
tolerance for risk varies according to the risk area.
The Metcash Group Risk Department, the Internal Audit Department
and the Metcash Audit Risk and Compliance Committee (AR&CC), a
Committee of the Metcash Board, implement a continuous process of
communication with Metcash’s internal stakeholders at each stage of the
risk management process.
They also conduct annual examinations of Metcash’s external and
internal environments, so as to establish the basic parameters within
which risks must be managed.
Metcash’s policies on risk oversight and management of material
business risks are summarised in a document entitled ‘Risk Management
Policy – Summary’ which can be found on the Metcash website www.
metcash.com under the heading ‘Corporate Governance’.
Metcash’s risk management philosophy and practices are documented
more fully in the Metcash Risk Management Framework and Guidelines
(Risk Management Framework).
The company has adopted the Australian/New Zealand Standard
for Risk Management - AS/NZ 4360:2004 as the basis for
its Risk Management Framework. Metcash has implemented its
Risk Management Framework through, amongst other things, the
identification of material business risk categories and the development of
risk profiles for all the major segments and functions of the business.
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C
38
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
Material business risks that have been identified and included in the Risk
Management Framework are grouped under the following categories:
›
›
›
›
›
›
›
›
›
›
›
›
›
Asset Management;
Business Continuity;
Health, Safety, Environment, Community (HSEC);
Compliance and Legal (Non-HSEC);
Employee;
Financial Reporting;
Criminal Activity;
Information Technology;
Reputational;
Solvency;
Operations/Warehouse;
Merchandising, Customer and Supplier (i.e. Supply chain); and
Strategic/Sustainability.
The risk management process includes the following elements:
›
Risk assessment;
-
risk identification;
-
risk analysis;
-
risk treatment;
Monitoring and review;
Recording the risk management process.
›
›
Roles and responsibilities
In addition to the specific responsibilities and reporting roles of the
Metcash Group Risk Department and Internal Audit Department, the
Metcash Executive Team is regularly required to report to the Metcash
Board as to the emergence of any significant risk issues and the
management of previously reported material risk issues.
The Audit Risk and Compliance Committee is responsible for monitoring
management’s risk processes other than corporate strategy, the oversight
of which is a Board responsibility. On behalf of the Metcash Board, the
Audit Risk and Compliance Committee monitors those risk events that
could prevent the achievement of Metcash’s corporate strategies.
All Metcash employees are responsible for the management of risk
within their areas. Management is responsible for assessing and
monitoring risk and designing cost-effective mitigation to facilitate the
achievement of goals and objectives. Non-management employees
are always responsible for ensuring that risk controls within their scope
of responsibility operate effectively as well as advising management of
increasing or new risk exposures and significant operational incidents as
they become aware of them.
This ‘front line’ of risk management is supported by specialised risk
management teams covering specific areas of risk within Metcash
and by independent reviews conducted by the Metcash Internal
Audit Department to verify the adequacy and effectiveness of
risk management.
THE BOARD SHOULD REQUIRE MANAGEMENT TO
DESIGN AND IMPLEMENT THE RISK MANAGEMENT
AND INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEM TO MANAGE THE
COMPANY’S MATERIAL BUSINESS RISKS AND REPORT
TO IT ON WHETHER THOSE RISKS ARE BEING
MANAGED EFFECTIVELY.
Metcash implements a risk oversight and risk management process
that is based on Risk Management Standard AUS/NZ 4360. This
system is used to profile all potential risks by identifying, prioritising and
managing such risks across the enterprise.
Management has reported to the Board as to the effectiveness
of the Company’s management of its material business risks using
this internal system.
The Risk Management Policy and Risk Management Framework utilised
at Metcash cover a wide range of activities and are used to identify,
analyse, evaluate, manage and monitor risks across all areas of the
business. Risk profiles are fully in place for existing sites, and are
implemented at newly acquired sites. These are prepared in consultation
with senior management, agreed with site business management and
are periodically reviewed and updated by risk team members. Ongoing
risk management activities include:
›
›
›
›
›
confirmation of key controls;
reporting of incidents: recording and monitoring of key risk
indicators (‘real time’ monitoring of residual risk levels);
follow-up on risk treatment/action plans;
escalation of issues;
regular reporting processes to all levels of management.
The ongoing process of communication, consultation, monitoring
and review enables management to demonstrate continuous
improvement whilst encouraging greater ownership by individuals
across the business.
The risk management and internal control system provides regular ‘real
time’ feedback to management on their effectiveness in managing
business risks. This is supported by the Risk Management platform
database (software) which holds the risk controls library, all risk
categories and events, risk profiles for each pillar/business, business/
functional objectives, critical success factors, processes, compliance
data and incidents and corrective actions.
The Risk Management Policy and Risk Management Framework
documents form an integral part of Company’s risk management.
The Board continues to review these and provide support in defining
clear accountabilities, responsibilities and embedding Enterprise
Risk Management (ERM) in planning, strategy and company culture.
The Board and the Audit Risk and Compliance Committee remain
responsible for the oversight of the risk management process.
Management has reported to the Board as to the effectiveness of the
Company’s management of its material risks.
CEO and Finance Director Declaration
The Chief Executive Officer and the Finance Director have provided
a declaration in writing to the Board in accordance with section 295A
of the Corporations Act that, among other things, the Company’s
financial reports present a true and fair view, in all material respects,
of the Company’s financial condition and operational results and are
in accordance with relevant accounting standards (refer to the
Directors’ Report).
The Board has received written assurance from the Chief Executive
Officer and the Finance Director that the declaration provided by them
in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act (refer to the
Directors’ Report) is founded on a sound system of risk management
and internal compliance and control and that the system is operating
effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
C
O
N
T
E
N
T
S
P
A
G
E
39
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED
PRINCIPLE 8 – REMUNERATE FAIRLY AND RESPONSIBLY
The Board should establish a Remuneration Committee
The Board has established a Remuneration and Nomination Committee.
For details of the Committee’s membership, their attendance at
Committee meetings and a summary of the Committee’s Charter,
please refer to Principle 2 - ‘The Board should establish a
Nomination Committee’.
Remuneration Policy
The Company’s Remuneration Policy can be found on the Metcash
Limited website www.metcash.com under the heading of ‘Corporate
Governance’. It is summarised in the ‘Remuneration Report’ contained
within the Directors’ Report. Details of the compensation of senior
executives are also contained in the Directors’ Report.
The Company’s policy on prohibiting entering into transactions in
associated products which limit the economic risk of participating in
unvested entitlements under any equity-based remuneration schemes
is set out in the Metcash Code for Directors and Executives in Respect
of Share Transactions which can be found on the Company’s website
www.metcash.com.
Non-executive Directors’ compensation and retirement benefits
Refer to the ‘Remuneration Report’ contained within the Directors’ Report.
Termination entitlements of CEO and senior executives
Refer to the ‘Remuneration Report’ contained within the Directors’ Report.
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C
40
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
FINANCIAL
REPORT
Directors' Report
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
Statement of Changes in Equity
Statement of Cash Flows
Notes to the Financial Statements
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
Corporate Information
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Segment Information
Revenue and Expenses
Income Tax
Dividends Paid and Proposed
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Trade and Other Receivables (current)
Inventories
Receivables (non-current)
Investments in Associates
Other Financial Assets (non-current)
Property, Plant and Equipment
Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Share-based Payments
Trade and Other Payables (current)
Interest Bearing Loans and Borrowings
Derivative Financial Instruments
Provisions
Other Financial Liabilities
Contributed Equity and Reserves
Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies
Commitments
Related Party Disclosure
Directors' and Executives' Disclosures
Auditor's Remuneration
Business Combinations
Earnings per Share
Contingent Liabilities
Subsequent Events
Directors' Declaration
Auditor's Independence Declaration
Independent Auditor's Report
ASX Additional Information
42
55
56
57
58
59
59
69
70
71
72
73
73
75
75
76
77
77
78
80
81
81
82
82
83
83
85
89
90
94
97
97
98
99
99
100
101
102
104
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
C
O
N
T
E
N
T
S
P
A
G
E
41
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
For the year ended 30 April 2010
Your Directors submit their report for the year ended 30 April 2010.
DIRECTORS
The names and details of the Company’s Directors in office during the financial year are as follows:
Carlos S dos Santos (Chairman)
Peter L Barnes (Deputy Chairman)
Andrew Reitzer (CEO)
Michael R Butler
Neil D Hamilton
Michael R Jablonski
Edwin M Jankelowitz
Joao Louis S Jardim (Lou Jardin) resigned from the Metcash Board on 9 February 2010
Richard A Longes
V Dudley Rubin
Directors were in office for this entire period unless otherwise stated.
For qualifications and experience of Directors please refer to the Board of Directors section of this annual report.
COMPANY SECRETARY
John A Randall
For qualifications and experience of the Company Secretary please refer to the Board of Directors section of this annual report.
INTERESTS IN THE SHARES AND OPTIONS OF THE COMPANY AND RELATED BODIES CORPORATE
As at the date of this report, the interests of the Directors in the shares and options of Metcash Limited were:
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
Carlos S dos Santos
Peter L Barnes
Andrew Reitzer
Michael R Butler
Neil D Hamilton
Michael R Jablonski
Edwin M Jankelowitz
Richard A Longes
V Dudley Rubin
EARNINGS PER SHARE
(cid:0)
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
DIVIDENDS
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
Final dividends for 2010 recommended
– on ordinary shares
Dividends paid in the year
Interim for the year
– on ordinary shares in December 2009
Final for 2009 recommended in the 2009 financial report
– on ordinary shares
Total dividends paid in the year
2010 Dividends declared per share
T
R
O
P
E
R
'
S
R
O
T
C
E
R
I
D
42
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:45)(cid:34)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:0)(cid:47)(cid:38)(cid:0)
(cid:47)(cid:50)(cid:36)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:33)(cid:50)(cid:57)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:40)(cid:33)(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:45)(cid:34)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:0)(cid:47)(cid:38)(cid:0)(cid:47)(cid:48)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:47)(cid:54)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:0)(cid:0)(cid:47)(cid:50)(cid:36)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:33)(cid:50)(cid:57)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:40)(cid:33)(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:51)
54,100
177,083
1,750,000
50,000
20,000
–
320,000
128,154
15,000
–
–
1,200,000
–
–
380,000
650,000
–
–
(cid:35)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:52)(cid:51)(cid:0)
29.74
29.69
(cid:35)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:52)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:7)(cid:77)
15.0
114.8
11.0
84.2
14.0
107.1
191.3
26.0
CORPORATE INFORMATION
Corporate structure
The principal activities during the year of entities within the consolidated entity were the wholesale distribution and marketing of groceries, liquor,
hardware and associated products.
REVIEW AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Group overview
A review of the operations during the period and the results of those operations, appears in the Chairman’s and CEO’s report on page 4.
Summarised operating results are as follows:
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
Business segments
Food Distribution
Cash & Carry Distribution
Liquor Distribution
Hardware Distribution (Acquired 25 March 2010)
Consolidated entity adjustments/(unallocated amounts)
(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:17)(cid:16)
(cid:0)
(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:54)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:37)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:108)(cid:77)(cid:0)
(cid:48)(cid:50)(cid:47)(cid:38)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:0)
(cid:34)(cid:37)(cid:38)(cid:47)(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:0)(cid:52)(cid:33)(cid:56)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:108)(cid:77)
7,129.9
1,685.3
2,640.6
61.6
11,517.4
90.7
346.6
28.8
36.1
1.5
413.0
(83.0)
Consolidated entity sales and profit from ordinary activities before income tax expense
11,608.1
330.0
SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE STATE OF AFFAIRS
No significant changes in the state of affairs of the Company occurred during the financial period, not otherwise disclosed in the ‘Chairman’s and
CEO’s report’.
SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE DATE
On 9 June 2010, the Group entered into a number of Interest Rate Swap contracts with various major Australian Banks. The principal hedged is
$300,000,000 with a weighted maturity of 2 years and a weighted average interest rate of 5.059%. The Group considers that these derivatives
will be effective hedges in accordance with AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and will be accounted for as a cash
flow hedge in accordance with the Company’s stated accounting policies.
On 1 July 2010, the Group entered into an agreement with Pick n Pay Retailers (Pty) Limited (Pick n Pay) of South Africa to acquire the shares of
Interfrank Group Holdings Pty Ltd, the company which owns the Franklins business (which consists of 85 Supermarkets, comprising 77 corporate
stores plus supply to 8 franchised stores), from Pick n Pay for a consideration of approximately $215,000,000, to be paid on completion
– expected by 30 September, 2010.
LIKELY DEVELOPMENTS AND EXPECTED RESULTS
Information with respect to likely developments is set out within the ‘Chairman’s and CEO’s report’.
D
I
R
E
C
T
O
R
S
'
R
E
P
O
R
T
43
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS
The number of meetings of Directors (including meetings of committees of Directors) held during the year and the number of meetings attended by
each of the Directors were as follows:
(cid:0)
(cid:45)(cid:37)(cid:37)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:39)(cid:51)(cid:0)(cid:47)(cid:38)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:45)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:52)(cid:37)(cid:37)(cid:51)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:36)(cid:41)(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:35)(cid:52)(cid:47)(cid:50)(cid:51)(cid:108)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:37)(cid:37)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:39)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:45)(cid:53)(cid:46)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:0)(cid:0)
(cid:6)(cid:0)(cid:46)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:0)
(cid:33)(cid:53)(cid:36)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:41)(cid:51)(cid:43)(cid:0)(cid:0)
(cid:6)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:48)(cid:44)(cid:41)(cid:33)(cid:46)(cid:35)(cid:37)
Number of meetings held:
Number of meetings attended:
Carlos S dos Santos
Peter L Barnes
Andrew Reitzer
Michael R Butler
Neil D Hamilton
Michael R Jablonski
Edwin M Jankelowitz
Joao Louis S Jardim* (Lou Jardin)
Richard A Longes
V Dudley Rubin
8
8
8
8
7
7
8
7
6
8
8
4
4
4
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
5
–
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
5
5
* Mr Jardin resigned from the Metcash Board on 9 February 2010
All Directors were eligible to attend all meetings held except for Mr Jardin, who was eligible to attend seven Directors’ meetings.
Committee membership
As at the date of this report, the Company had an Audit Risk and Compliance Committee and a Remuneration & Nomination Committee.
Members acting on the committees of the Board during the year were:
(cid:33)(cid:53)(cid:36)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:41)(cid:51)(cid:43)(cid:0)(cid:6)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:48)(cid:44)(cid:41)(cid:33)(cid:46)(cid:35)(cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:45)(cid:53)(cid:46)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:0)(cid:6)(cid:0)(cid:46)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)
R A Longes (c)
M R Butler
V Dudley Rubin
P L Barnes (c)
C S dos Santos
N D Hamilton
(c) Designates the chairman of the committee.
For details of the committees, their charters and current membership, please refer to the section ‘Corporate Governance Statement’.
Indemnification and insurance of directors and officers
(i) The Constitution of the Company permits the grant of an indemnity (to the maximum extent permitted by law) in favour of each Director, the
Company Secretary, past Directors and Secretaries, and all past and present Executive Officers. The Company has entered into Deeds of
Indemnity and Access with F J Conroy, C P Curran, T S Haggai, R S Allan, J J David, Sir Leo Hielscher, B A Hogan, M Wesslink and Joao Louis
Jardim (Lou Jardin) together with all of the current Directors and certain other officers of the Company. This indemnity is against any liability to
third parties (other than related Metcash companies), by such officers unless the liability arises out of conduct involving a lack of good faith.
The indemnity also includes costs or expenses incurred by an officer in unsuccessfully defending proceedings relating to that person’s position.
(ii) During the financial year, the Company has paid, or agreed to pay, a premium in respect of a contract of insurance insuring officers (and any
persons who are officers in the future) against certain liabilities incurred in that capacity. Disclosure of the total amount of the premiums and the
nature of the liabilities in respect of such insurance is prohibited by the contract of insurance.
T
R
O
P
E
R
'
S
R
O
T
C
E
R
I
D
44
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
SHAREHOLDER RETURNS
The ongoing performance of the Group has ensured that returns to shareholders, through both dividends and capital growth, has continued.
(cid:0)
(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:17)(cid:16)(cid:0)
(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:16)(cid:25)(cid:0)
(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:16)(cid:24)(cid:0)
(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:16)(cid:23)(cid:0)
(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:16)(cid:22)
Earnings per share before CULS, CUPS in 2006 and 2007
and non-recurring items (cents)*
Basic earnings per share (cents)
Dividends declared per share (cents)
Increase/(decrease) in dividends declared per share (%)
Dividend payout ratio (%)
Return on equity (%)
Share price (30 April) ($)
Dividend yield (%)
31.1
29.7
26.0
8.3
87.5
17.3
4.15
6.3
28.7
26.5
24.0
14.3
90.7
16.1
4.12
5.8
25.2
25.9
21.0
23.5
81.2
16.3
4.22
5.0
21.8
21.1
17.0
47.8
80.7
14.2
5.24
3.2
24.9
17.0
11.5
21.1
67.7
19.0
4.60
2.5
* For 2006 and 2007 CULS (Convertible, redeemable, subordinated, unsecurred loan notes) and CUPS (Convertible Undated Preference
Shares) are defined respectively.
ROUNDING
The amounts contained in this report and in the financial report have been rounded to the nearest $100,000 (where rounding is applicable) under
the option available to the Company under Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Class Order 98/0100. The Company is an
entity to which the Class Order applies.
TAX CONSOLIDATION
Metcash Limited has formed a tax consolidation group including its 100% owned Australian subsidiaries. Members of the group have entered into a
tax sharing arrangement in order to allocate income tax expense to the wholly owned subsidiaries on a modified stand-alone basis. In addition, the
agreement provides for the allocation of income tax liabilities between the entities should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations.
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
This report outlines the remuneration arrangements for Directors and executives of Metcash Limited (the Company).
Remuneration & Nomination Committee
Role
The Remuneration & Nomination Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for determining and reviewing compensation arrangements for
the Directors, the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the senior executive team.
The principal responsibilities of the Committee (which are available on the Company’s website) are to:
›
›
›
›
›
›
›
review and advise the Board annually on the remuneration and components of remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and executives
reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer;
review management recommendations and advise the Board on performance linked compensation packages for executives, Directors’ and
executives’ retirement, pension and superannuation schemes, and employee participation schemes, including executive share and share option
plans and employee share plans;
administer the Metcash Employees Option Plan and exercise the Board’s discretionary power when required;
advise the Board on directorship appointments, and implement processes to assess the Board and its committees, review the Board’s required
status, experience, mix of skills, and other qualities, including gender, and provide a Directors’ orientation and education program;
annually evaluate and advise the Board on the performance of the Chief Executive Officer;
advise the Board on the successor to the Chief Executive Officer; and
assess the effectiveness of the Board as a whole and its committees as set out in Section 7 of the Metcash Board Charter.
The Remuneration & Nomination Committee assesses the appropriateness of the nature and amount of remuneration of Directors and senior
executives on a periodic basis by reference to relevant employment market conditions with the overall objective of ensuring maximum stakeholder
benefit from the retention of a high quality Board and executive team.
Compensation structure
In accordance with best practice corporate governance, the structure of Non-executive Director and senior executive remuneration is separate and distinct.
D
I
R
E
C
T
O
R
S
'
R
E
P
O
R
T
45
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
Non-executive Director compensation
The limit to aggregate Non-executive Directors’ remuneration is determined from time to time at a general meeting. The current limit, $1,000,000,
was agreed by members at the 1 September 2005 Annual General Meeting.
Non-executive Directors are paid an annual fee which is periodically reviewed. The Remuneration & Nomination Committee has responsibility for
reviewing and recommending the level of remuneration for Non-executive Directors. External professional advice is sought before any changes are
made to the amount paid to Directors within the overall maximum amount approved by shareholders. Additional amounts are paid to the Chairman
and Deputy Chairman to recognise the responsibilities involved with those positions. Directors performing committee duties are paid additional fees.
The current fees were based on independent advice and are:
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
Chairman
Deputy Chairman/
Chairman Remuneration
& Nomination Committee
Chairman, Audit Risk &
Compliance Committee
Directors (3)
(cid:34)(cid:33)(cid:51)(cid:37)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:37)(cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:35)(cid:40)(cid:33)(cid:41)(cid:50)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:37)(cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:35)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:45)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:52)(cid:37)(cid:37)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:37)(cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:51)(cid:53)(cid:48)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:33)(cid:46)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:52)(cid:47)(cid:52)(cid:33)(cid:44)(cid:0)
(cid:4)
105,000
156,784
10,500
14,461
286,745
105,000
72,784
105,000
315,000
26,250
–
31,500
–
–
14,461
192,245
11,813
31,185
143,063
377,685
630,000
255,818
42,000
71,920
999,738
Non-executive Directors do not receive bonuses and are not entitled to participate in the Company’s share option scheme.
A retirement benefit was paid to Non-executive Directors for past service. The benefits were in accordance with Section 8.3(g) and (h) of the
Company’s Constitution and Section 200 of the Corporations Law.
The retirement benefit scheme was discontinued as at the date of the 2005 Annual General Meeting and accrued benefits (as shown below) were
frozen at that time. Directors’ fees were increased based on independent advice to reflect the cessation of this benefit.
(cid:33)(cid:35)(cid:35)(cid:50)(cid:53)(cid:37)(cid:36)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:37)(cid:38)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:51)(cid:0)
R A Longes
P L Barnes
(cid:4)
211,619
211,619
423,238
Senior Executive and Executive Director compensation
It is the policy of Metcash to remunerate employees in appropriate ways that recognise the market value of individual skills, the need to attract
and retain essential key skills for the growth and development of the company and to provide sufficient incentive to ensure alignment with
shareholder expectations.
The Remuneration & Nomination Committee recognises that the Group operates in a very competitive environment and that its performance depends
on the quality of its people. To continue to prosper, the Group must be able to attract, motivate and retain highly skilled executives.
The guiding principles of the Group’s remuneration policy are to:
›
›
›
›
›
›
provide competitive rewards to attract and retain executive talent;
apply Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) to deliver results across the Group and to a significant portion of the total reward;
link rewards to executives to the creation of value to shareholders;
assess and reward executives using financial and non-financial measures of performance;
ensure remuneration arrangements between executives are equitable and facilitate the deployment of human resources around the Group; and
limit severance payments on termination to pre-established contractual arrangements that do not commit the Group to making unjustified
payments in the event of non-performance.
Advisers
Independent advisers have assisted the Committee in its deliberations during the year. In addition, independent advisers were retained to provide
assistance and advice on market-related remuneration and short, medium and long-term incentives.
T
R
O
P
E
R
'
S
R
O
T
C
E
R
I
D
46
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
Service contracts
Service contracts exist for senior executives
including the Chief Executive Officer. They are
unlimited in term but capable of termination
on 15 months’ notice in the case of the Chief
Executive Officer and nine months' notice in the
case of executives who are direct reports to the
Chief Executive Officer. The Group retains the
right to terminate a contract immediately, by
making payments equal to the notice period,
in lieu of notice. In addition, should termination
be as a result of redundancy, a further payment
of nine months of fixed remuneration (base
salary plus superannuation) is payable to the
Chief Executive Officer and six months’ further
payment to executives who are direct reports to
the Chief Executive Officer.
The Chief Executive Officer and executives,
who are direct reports to the Chief Executive
Officer, may terminate their employment by
giving three months' notice.
The service contracts typically outline
the components of remuneration paid
to executives, but do not prescribe how
remuneration levels are reviewed each year
to take account of cost-of-living changes, any
change in the scope of the role performed by
the executive and any changes required to
meet the principles of the remuneration policy.
A new service contract was put in place for the
recently appointed CEO of IGA Distribution.
This contract contains similar elements to other
executives' service contracts and complies with
the Federal Government’s law on executive
contracts limiting any termination payments to
a maximum amount of twelve months of base
salary. Any new executive service contracts
which may be put in place in the future will
also comply.
Remuneration
Remuneration is divided into two components.
The first is the fixed or base component, which
is made up of base salary and superannuation
benefits. The second is the ‘at risk’ component,
which is subject to KPIs and performance
hurdles and is generally made up of short and
long-term incentives that take the form of cash
payments and/or participation in the equity
plans. The amount of ’at risk’ remuneration, if
any, that is earned by an executive is wholly
dependent on that executive’s and the Group’s
performance against those pre-determined KPIs
and performance hurdles.
Fixed remuneration
Base salary and benefits
Base salaries are determined by reference
to the scope and nature of the individual's
role and their performance and experience.
Market data is used to benchmark salary
levels. Particular consideration is given to
competitive remuneration levels and the need
to retain talent.
Superannuation benefits
To be considered eligible the position:
Superannuation benefits are delivered in
accordance with the Australian Government’s
Superannuation Guarantee Levy, which
currently sits at 9% of fixed remuneration
to a maximum of $160,680 per annum
($175,141 including superannuation capped
at the maximum contribution of $14,461).
›
›
›
operates as a member of the Metcash
Executive Management Team or Pillar
Executive Management Team;
has objectives that are defined in terms of
group/pillar objectives;
has significant input into the group/pillar
strategic plan and direction; and
At risk remuneration
At risk remuneration is delivered as short
and long-term incentives. As applied to
the Company’s senior management, if the
maximum bonuses are earned, 42.86% of
short term income is at risk.
Short-term incentives – bonus schemes
Each Business Pillar and the Corporate Team
have separate bonus schemes, designed
to align each executive’s incentives to the
financial objectives of the pillar concerned
which aggregate to overall group objectives.
Two KPIs are utilised–sales and profit–to form
a matrix to measure performance, usually
with the previous year’s sales and profit results
as the origin or zero point. The targets vary
from business to business depending on the
circumstances and objectives of each pillar.
However, they are all constructed so as to
provide a stretch to exceed sales and profit
budgets. Bonuses are normally paid at six-
monthly intervals with the first payment based
on the first half results and the second payment
based on the achievement for the full year less
the first half payment. For the 2010 year, the
first half bonus payment was deferred to the
end of the year.
›
has direct impact on profitability.
3. Participants eligible for bonus at 50%
fixed remuneration (Management bonus
scheme) (Number of participants: 137)
These positions either provide specialist
knowledge relied upon by the Company
or are a national or state member of a
Pillar Executive Management Team directly
responsible for the achievement of sales and
profit targets and contribute strategically to
group and/or business pillar objectives.
To be eligible, the position:
›
›
›
has extensive specialist technical or
professional knowledge in an area of
expertise;
has high level budgetary and/or strategic
responsibility;
is responsible for several related activities,
i.e. a whole function.
4. Participants eligible for bonus at 25% of
fixed remuneration (Metcash bonus scheme)
(Number of participants: 318)
These positions are generally compliance
and/or process driven. To be considered
eligible, the position:
For the 2010 year, the payment for achieving
the minimum target was set at 33.3% of
the maximum; a payment of 73.3% of the
maximum payment for the achievement of
budget and 100% was paid for meeting the
stretch objectives.
›
›
›
›
has a positive contribution to profitability;
is a specialist in a field;
has a direct impact on sales and profit; or
may have an element of retention or
attraction.
5. Other incentive schemes
Other incentive schemes are also in operation
and designed specifically for warehouse
supervisors, re-buyers, stock controllers,
merchandisers and other specialist key roles
and are based on achievement of internal KPI’s
e.g. cost per case etc.
The stretch target is normally set so as to meet
and exceed market guidance on anticipated
earnings.
All short-term incentive schemes operate on the
condition that they are self-funding. That is, that
the cost of the bonus has been deducted from
profit earned for the year prior to determining
the level of performance achieved.
1. Bonus eligibility criteria
The bonus scheme is designed to provide
an incentive to those whose decisions and
actions make a significant contribution to
the achievement of the Company’s financial
objectives.
2. Participants eligible for bonus at 75% of
fixed remuneration (Executive management
bonus scheme) (Number of participants: 54)
These positions have a high level/critical
strategic accountability that directly impacts on
company performance.
D
I
R
E
C
T
O
R
S
'
R
E
P
O
R
T
47
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
Hurdles
The view of the Board is that earnings
per share is the most appropriate hurdle
measure as it aligns the long term interests
of shareholders and management. Other
commonly used measures are subject to
external influences whilst earnings per share
are company specific, reflect management
success and directly relate to the interests of
shareholders.
The Board has accepted advice from external
remuneration specialists that ’underlying’
earnings per share should be used. This
is defined as reported earnings per share
excluding amortisation and non-recurring
items and best reflects the underlying ongoing
profitability of the company.
Use of Derivatives over unvested
Metcash securities
For information on the Company’s policy,
please refer to ’Principle 3 Promote Ethical
and Responsible Decision Making’ in the
Corporate Goverance Statement contained
earlier in this annual report.
Long term retention plan (the Plan)
The objective of the Plan is to ensure the
retention by the Company of key senior
executives, while providing further incentives to
increase total shareholders’ return.
In August 2006, a Long Term Retention
incentive was provided to the Chief
Executive Officer, Finance Director, Group
Merchandising Director, CEO of IGA
Distribution and Chief Information Officer on
the terms as set out below.
A long-term retention payment of $5 million
to the Chief Executive Officer and $2
million to each of the Finance Director,
Group Merchandising Director, CEO of IGA
Distribution and the Chief Information Officer
subject to achievement of specific hurdles over
a five-year period (a compounding 12.5%
increase in earnings per share based on
2005 earnings per share adjusted for material
changes to the number of shares issued) and
only payable on successful achievement of
the hurdles in 2010 and if the executive is still
employed by the Company at the time.
If the compound annual growth from the base
year is equal to or greater than the target, then
the maximum amount ($5 million or $2 million)
will be payable.
Should the compound annual growth rate be
less than 40% of the target at the end of the
five-year period, no payment will be made.
Should the compound annual growth rate
achieved by the Company be greater than or
equal to 40% of the target, then the amount
paid will be increased to the maximum amount
on a pro rata basis.
T
R
O
P
E
R
'
S
R
O
T
C
E
R
I
D
48
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
The period of the incentive concluded on 30 April 2010. It was determined that, on a underlying
earnings per share basis. 92.98 percent of the incentive had been earned. As each of the five
participants remain in the Company’s employ, 92.98 percent of their incentive was agreed to be
paid as follows:
(cid:0)
Chief Executive Officer (Mr A Reitzer)
Finance Director (Mr E Jankelowitz)
Group Merchandising Director (Mr M Jablonski)
Former CEO of IGA Distribution (Mr L Jardin)
Chief Information Officer (Mr B Hale)
A further Long Term Retention Incentive was
entered into in April 2007 as follows. A
long-term retention payment of $1 million to
each of the Chief Executive Officer Campbells
Wholesale, Chief Executive Officer,
Logistics and Corporate Development, Chief
Executive Officer ALM and the Chief Human
Resources Officer subject to achievement of
specific hurdles over a five-year period (a
compounding 10% increase in earnings per
share based on 2007 earnings per share
adjusted for material changes to the number of
shares issued) and only payable on successful
achievement of the hurdles in 2012 and if the
executive is still employed by the Company at
that time.
If the compound annual growth from the base
year is equal to or greater than the target,
then the maximum amount ($1 million) will
be payable.
Should the compound annual growth rate be
less than 40% of the target at the end of the
five-year period, no payment will be made.
Should the compound annual growth rate
achieved by the Company be greater than or
equal to 40% of the target, then the amount
paid will be increased to the maximum amount
on a pro rata basis.
As discussed under ’Hurdles’ on this page,
underlying earnings per share will be used in
calculating performance.
A long term retention payment of $1 million to
each of the CEO, IGA Fresh and the General
Manager, Finance (entered into in May 2009)
subject to achievement of specific hurdles
over a five year period (a compounding 8%
increase in earnings per share based on
2009 earnings per share adjusted for material
changes to the number of shares issued) and
only payable on successful achievement of
the hurdles in 2014 and if the executive is still
employed by the Company at that time and a
member of the Metcash Executive Team.
If the compound annual growth from the base
year is equal to or greater than the target, then
the maximum amount ($1 million) will be paid.
Should the compound annual growth rate be
less than 40% of the target at the end of the
five year period, no payment will be made.
(cid:4)
4,649,000
1,859,600
1,859,600
1,859,600
1,859,600
Should the compound annual growth rate
achieved by the Company be greater than or
equal to 40% of the target, then the amount
paid will be increased to the maximum amount
on a pro rata basis.
These Executives were not previously included
in the Plan, but the executives concerned
were issued with share options in 2008
(refer below). They have now been included
in the Plan because of the need to ensure
their equitable treatment in relation to other
members of the Executive Team and to ensure
effective retention arrangements are in place.
In recognition that these two executives have
the opportunity to earn benefits from the
options issued to them in 2008, but which
benefits are not available to the other members
of the Executive Team, in the event they have
exercised any of their options during the
period up to 30 April 2014, the amount
which would otherwise have been payable to
them under the retention plan will be reduced
by an amount equal to the pre-tax profits in
respect of exercising the options. In this case,
pre-tax profit is calculated using the number of
options exercised and the difference between
the market price of the options on the day of
exercise and the price at which the options
were issued. It should be noted that options
not exercised by 7 February 2014 will be
cancelled. The maximum amount payable
to these two executives under the retention
plan will be $1 million less any applicable
pre-tax profit earned from exercising the
2008 options.
As discussed under "Hurdles" on this page,
’underlying’ earnings per share will be used in
calculating performance.
During the year a three year retention incentive
was provided to the Chief Executive Officer,
commencing at the expiration of the five year
retention incentive provided in August 2006.
The incentive commenced on 1 May 2010
and concludes on 30 April 2013. It is based
on annual compounded earnings per share
(eps) and payable at the end of the three year
incentive period.
A minimum payment of $3 million will be
paid for the achievement of a 5% annual
compounded eps for the three years, based on
earnings for the 2010 year, and a maximum
payment of $5 million for the achievement of
a 10% or better compounded eps over that
period. Pro rata payments are to be made for
achievements between 5% and 10%.
As discussed under ’Hurdles’ on page 48,
’underlying’ earnings per share will be used in
calculating performance.
It is anticipated that in view of the
establishment of the new Performance Rights
Plan (see section below), there will not be
a general requirement for a further long-
term retention plan other than that already
announced for the Chief Executive Officer.
Options
The performance hurdle for options issued to
Executive Directors in 2005, as agreed by
members at the Annual General Meeting held
on 1 September 2005, was that, in each of
the years in which options became available
for exercise, earnings per share for the
financial year preceding the tranche exercise
date must be at least equal to a 12.5% annual
increase of earnings per share compounded
from the 2005 earnings per share, adjusted
for any dilution that might occur as a
consequence of any alteration to the number
of ordinary shares issued.
Before options are exercised by Executive
Directors, agreement is obtained from the
Remuneration & Nomination Committee, which
verifies that the hurdle has been achieved with
confirmation obtained from the Company’s
external auditor.
The Remuneration & Nomination Committee
has reviewed the hurdles for the first two
tranches (60% and 20%) of the 2005
option issue and concluded that, based on
’underlying’ earnings, the hurdles have been
met and those options can be exercised.
Options were issued in February 2008 to the
CEO, IGA Fresh and the General Manager,
Finance but were not offered to Executive
Directors and other members of the Executive
Team included in the Plan. A performance
hurdle applies to these options, the hurdle
being a compounding 10% increase in
earnings per share based on earnings per
share for the 2007 financial year to be
achieved in the financial year prior to the
financial year in which a tranche of options
becomes able to be exercised.
Before options are exercised by members of
the Executive Team, agreement is obtained
from the Remuneration & Nomination
Committee which verifies that the hurdle has
been achieved with confirmation from the
Company’s external auditor.
Options are issued to all of the Company’s
staff and performance hurdles have not been
applied to options issued to other employees.
Performance Rights
A new Long Term Incentive Plan, Performance
Rights (The Rights Plan) was approved by
the Board on 25 May 2010 following a
remuneration review undertaken by the Chief
Human Resources Officer in conjunction with
external remuneration advisers.
The review found the following:
›
›
›
the Federal Government has changed the
taxation treatment of Options so that a
“tax event” now occurs at vesting rather
than at exercising. This change essentially
makes Options unattractive from the point
of view of a long term incentive;
the market data shows that 36% of the
ASX top 100 companies use Performance
Rights as their LTI vehicle, 21% use
Options and the remainder utilise other
means including a combination of both.
External advisers suggest Performance
Rights are now industry best practice; and
it is essential that any LTI plan drives a
real incentive to align the interests of
management and shareholders. Performance
Rights provide this incentive over Options.
The Rights Plan will be offered only to the top
sixty (approximately) Metcash Executives and
Senior Managers.
The essential elements of the Rights Plan are
as follows:
›
›
›
›
›
›
share Rights are essentially “free” shares
i.e. no “strike price”;
as such, significantly fewer rights are offered
than is currently the case with Options;
they are offered annually with vesting
after three years subject to achievement
of hurdle rates set between 5% and 10%
compound underlying eps growth. (i.e. 5%
compound underlying eps growth earns
50% of the right’s allocation and 10% EPS
growth earns 100% of the allocation);
they are issued only to the top sixty
(approximately) executive and Senior
managers with “direct sight” to the bottom
line growth of the company;
this is to be the Company’s principal
long-term incentive offer;
allocations are determined on the basis
of remuneration mix. For example, if TEC
is 47% of total remuneration, STI 35%
and LTI 19% and an executive has a TEC
of $200,000, then the number of share
rights issued would be calculated as
$200,000 x 19% divided by the value
weighted price of Metcash shares for the
five days prior to the date of issue; and
›
rights vest after 3 years subject to
achievement of hurdles.
Employee Share Trust (EST)
On 25 May 2010, the Board approved the
establishment of an Employee Share Trust,
’The Metcash Employee Share Trust’. The EST
functions as an administrative vehicle through
which employee options and Performance
Rights (and any other form of long term
incentive) will be issued, administered,
managed and reported.
The EST is a separate entity from Metcash
and has been established in conjunction with
Australian Executor Trustees and is subject to
the rules of the Trust.
The EST provides the following services
and benefits:
›
›
›
›
›
›
establishes an “arm’s length” relationship
between Metcash and the Trust for the
issuance of Options and Performance
Rights to employees;
Options and Rights are held by the Trust
in the name of the employee and the
Trust acts on those in accordance with
instructions from Metcash and the rules of
the trust;
buys shares on market or issues new
shares in accordance with instructions
from Metcash;
the Trust is created solely for the purposes
of issuing, holding and administering
Rights or Options for and on behalf of
Metcash employees;
does not diminish in any way the rights
and interests of the employees who hold
Options or Rights through the Trust; and
the Trust reports on an annual basis on its
activities throughout the financial year.
Salary Reviews and Bonuses FY2009/2010
As a precaution, management put in place
at the beginning of the 2010 financial year
a salary increase deferral for all employees
earning more than $50,000 per annum. The
Company’s profit before tax targets for the
2010 year were met and the salary increases
that otherwise would have been paid at
the beginning of the year have been paid.
Bonuses for the year have been paid (as all
salary increases have been paid) where bonus
targets have been met.
Non-executive Directors fees and allowances
remain at their September 2008 level.
AT RISK REMUNERATION AND
COMPANY PERFORMANCE
The ‘at risk’ remuneration, with the short-term focus
on sales and profit and the long-term segment
influenced by earnings per share and share price,
has contributed to the growth in the shareholder
returns as identified in the Shareholder Returns
section of the Directors’ Report.
D
I
R
E
C
T
O
R
S
'
R
E
P
O
R
T
49
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
DETAILS OF KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
(cid:36)(cid:41)(cid:50)(cid:37)(cid:35)(cid:52)(cid:47)(cid:50)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:37)(cid:56)(cid:37)(cid:35)(cid:53)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:54)(cid:37)(cid:51)
Carlos S dos Santos
Non-executive Chairman
Ken Bean
CEO Group Logistics and Corporate Development
Peter L Barnes
Andrew Reitzer
Michael R Butler
Neil D Hamilton
Non-executive Deputy Chairman
Fergus Collins
CEO Australian Liquor Marketers
Chief Executive Officer
Peter Dubbelman
CEO Campbells Wholesale
Non-executive Director
Adrian Gratwicke General Manager Finance
Non-executive Director
Bernard Hale
Chief Information Officer
Michael R Jablonski
Group Merchandise Director
David Johnston
Chief Human Resources Officer
Edwin M Jankelowitz
Finance Director
Silvestro Morabito CEO IGA Distribution (appointed 17 February 2010)
Richard A Longes
V Dudley Rubin
Non-executive Director
Harry Rumpler
CEO IGA Fresh
Non-executive Director
Joao Louis S Jardim (Lou Jardin)* Former CEO IGA Distribution
* Mr Jardin resigned from the Metcash Board on 9 February 2010
COMPENSATION OF KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
Compensation for Key Management Personnel and the five highest paid executives of the Company and the Group for the year ended
30 April 2010
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:51)(cid:33)(cid:44)(cid:33)(cid:50)(cid:57)(cid:0)
(cid:33)(cid:46)(cid:36)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:37)(cid:37)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
SHORT-TERM
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:34)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
POST
EMPLOYMENT
(cid:0)
(cid:47)(cid:52)(cid:40)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:51)(cid:53)(cid:48)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:13)(cid:0)
(cid:34)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:37)(cid:38)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:51)(cid:0) (cid:33)(cid:46)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
LONG TERM
(cid:0)
(cid:34)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:33)(cid:46)(cid:36)(cid:0)(cid:44)(cid:37)(cid:33)(cid:54)(cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
Directors
C S dos Santos (iv) 272,463
P Barnes (iv)
177,963
–
–
–
–
10,846
12,931
–
–
1,720,875
978,526
3,837
53,087
686,588
A Reitzer
M Butler
115,500
N Hamilton
115,500
–
–
–
–
10,395
10,395
–
–
M Jablonski
674,688
392,490
23,000
14,342
273,961
E Jankelowitz
706,086
396,301
–
14,342
274,467
490,058
287,484
17,250
15,301
203,391
L Jardin (i)
R Longes
D Rubin
Executives
131,250
115,500
–
–
K Bean
537,290
325,301
S Morabito (ii)
102,988
58,208
–
–
–
–
11,813
10,395
–
–
54,167
212,035
2,781
–
F Collins
519,914
219,350
14,000
14,342
210,841
P Dubbelman
504,310
189,418
23,000
27,083
211,677
A Gratwicke
484,792
280,500
B Hale
536,401
324,709
D Johnston
413,910
255,771
–
–
–
29,375
222,808
53,979
271,018
51,129
209,196
H Rumpler
378,255
226,800
30,000
24,342
222,484
7,997,743 3,934,858
111,087
421,045 2,998,466
TERMINATION
BENEFITS
SHARE-BASED
PAYMENTS
TOTAL
TOTAL
PERFORMANCE
RELATED (%)
(cid:52)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:45)(cid:13)(cid:0)
(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:0)
(cid:34)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:37)(cid:38)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:37)(cid:56)(cid:48)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:51)(cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:5)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
283,309
190,894
76,695 3,519,608
48.42%
–
–
125,895
125,895
–
–
41,543 1,420,024
48.85%
41,543 1,432,739
48.68%
31,157 1,044,641
55.35%
–
–
143,063
125,895
–
–
15,541 1,144,334
47.26%
–
163,977
35.50%
1,943
980,390
42.97%
15,541
971,029
41.70%
50,800 1,068,275
51.87%
55,171 1,241,278
51.52%
15,541
945,547
49.85%
50,800
932,681
53.62%
396,275 15,859,474
45.52%
(i) Mr Jardin resigned from the Metcash Board on 9 February 2010 and ceased to be a Key Management Personnel at this time. In accordance
with his service contract, Mr Jardin will serve his notice period and remain as an employee of Metcash until 1 March 2011. He will receive his
normal salary and benefits until this date.
(ii) Mr Morabito was appointed CEO IGA distribution on 17 February 2010.
(iii) Mr Mark Laidlaw was appointed CEO of Mitre 10 on 29 April 2010. Due to the timing of this appointment, no remuneration has been
disclosed in the current period for Mr Laidlaw as he did not act as Key Management Personnel for the period. Mr Mark Burrowes, the
former CEO of Mitre 10, is not considered to have acted as Key Management Personnel from the period of acquisition, 25 March 2010 to
29 April 2010 as he does not meet the definition of Key Management Personnel.
(iv) Non executive remuneration varies from normal agreed fees due to prior year over payment of superannuation which has been corrected in the
current period
T
R
O
P
E
R
'
S
R
O
T
C
E
R
I
D
50
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
(v) Superannuation amounts greater than the legislative cap of $14,461 are a result of individual election to sacrifice salary for additional
superannuation payments.
(vi) Amounts disclosed as compensation under Long Term Bonus and Leave represent accruals for leave and amounts accrued over the vesting
period of the long-term retention plan. Cash payments were made under this plan subsequent to 30 April 2010 and are disclosed in the
remuneration report.
Compensation for Key Management Personnel and the five highest paid executives of the Company and the Group for the year ended
30 April 2009
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:51)(cid:33)(cid:44)(cid:33)(cid:50)(cid:57)(cid:0)
(cid:33)(cid:46)(cid:36)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:37)(cid:37)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
SHORT-TERM
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:34)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
POST
EMPLOYMENT
(cid:0)
(cid:47)(cid:52)(cid:40)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:51)(cid:53)(cid:48)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:13)(cid:0)
(cid:34)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:37)(cid:38)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:51)(cid:0) (cid:33)(cid:46)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
LONG TERM
(cid:0)
(cid:34)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:33)(cid:46)(cid:36)(cid:0)(cid:44)(cid:37)(cid:33)(cid:54)(cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
TERMINATION
BENEFITS
SHARE-BASED
PAYMENTS
TOTAL
TOTAL
PERFORMANCE
RELATED (%)
(cid:52)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:45)(cid:13)(cid:0)
(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:33)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:0)
(cid:34)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:37)(cid:38)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:37)(cid:56)(cid:48)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:51)(cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
–
–
–
–
20,421
15,480
–
–
–
–
277,671
191,855
Directors
C S dos Santos
257,250
P Barnes
A Reitzer
M Butler
176,375
114,125
N Hamilton
115,612
1,614,459 1,215,021
3,578
95,833 1,050,315
–
–
–
–
10,271
10,856
–
–
M Jablonski
651,980
487,350
23,000
13,642
419,122
E Jankelowitz
681,666
492,081
–
13,642
419,350
L Jardin
R Longes
D Rubin
Executives
K Bean
F Collins
645,921
407,350
23,000
99,701
421,176
129,687
114,125
–
–
470,946
403,922
–
–
–
11,672
10,271
–
–
99,742
214,690
501,524
321,000
14,000
13,642
212,801
P Dubbelman
461,922
378,610
23,000
49,978
214,907
A Gratwicke
403,029
302,400
B Hale
472,058
403,186
D Johnston
343,805
317,588
H Rumpler
333,024
246,400
–
–
–
–
26,138
10,030
97,642
413,122
104,945
210,856
13,642
11,443
(cid:5)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
242,289 4,221,495
58.21%
–
–
124,396
126,468
–
–
131,240 1,726,334
59.00%
131,240 1,737,979
58.88%
131,240 1,728,388
54.30%
–
–
141,359
124,396
–
–
49,097 1,238,397
52.73%
6,137 1,069,104
49.31%
49,097 1,177,514
53.31%
60,286
801,883
46.48%
180,983 1,566,991
62.81%
49,097 1,026,291
55.22%
60,286
664,795
47.85%
7,487,508 4,974,908
86,578
707,518 3,597,812
– 1,090,992 17,945,316
52.75%
Options exercised as part of remuneration for the year ended 2009 and 2010
(cid:0)
(cid:54)(cid:33)(cid:44)(cid:53)(cid:37)(cid:0)(cid:47)(cid:38)(cid:0)(cid:47)(cid:48)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:51)(cid:0)(cid:37)(cid:56)(cid:37)(cid:50)(cid:35)(cid:41)(cid:51)(cid:37)(cid:36)(cid:0)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:50)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:39)(cid:0)(cid:52)(cid:40)(cid:37)(cid:0)(cid:57)(cid:37)(cid:33)(cid:50)(cid:0)
(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:17)(cid:16)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:16)(cid:25)(cid:0)
(cid:4)
A Reitzer
M Jablonski
E Jankelowitz
L Jardin*
K Bean
F Collins
P Dubbelman
A Gratwicke
B Hale
D Johnston
S Morabito
H Rumpler
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1,924
669,800
–
97
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
* Mr Jardin resigned from the Metcash Board on 9 February 2010
There were no options issued to Key Management Personnel during the current year (2009: 1,000,000). Refer to Note 25 Directors' and Executive
Disclosures of Key Management Personnel (b) Option Holdings
D
I
R
E
C
T
O
R
S
'
R
E
P
O
R
T
51
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
Details of short term incentive bonus provided for in year ended 30 April 2010
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
Directors
C S dos Santos
P Barnes
A Reitzer
M Butler
N Hamilton
M Jablonski
E Jankelowitz
L Jardin*
R Longes
D Rubin
Executives
K Bean
S Morabito
F Collins
P Dubbelman
A Gratwicke
B Hale
D Johnston
H Rumpler
(cid:48)(cid:47)(cid:52)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:33)(cid:44)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:34)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:51)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:33)(cid:57)(cid:33)(cid:34)(cid:44)(cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:34)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:51)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:47)(cid:50)(cid:38)(cid:37)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:37)(cid:36)(cid:0)
(cid:4)
–
–
–
–
–
–
1,334,354
978,526
355,828
–
–
535,214
540,410
522,698
–
–
443,593
79,327
411,281
415,795
382,500
442,785
348,779
324,000
–
–
392,490
396,301
287,484
–
–
325,301
58,208
219,350
189,418
280,500
324,709
255,771
226,800
–
–
142,724
144,109
235,214
–
–
118,292
21,119
191,931
226,377
102,000
118,076
93,008
97,200
All bonuses for the year ended 30 April 2010 were paid in June 2010.
* Mr Jardin resigned from the Metcash Board on 9 February 2010
Details of short term incentive bonus provided for in year ended 30 April 2009
(cid:48)(cid:47)(cid:52)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:33)(cid:44)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:34)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:51)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:33)(cid:57)(cid:33)(cid:34)(cid:44)(cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:34)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:51)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:47)(cid:50)(cid:38)(cid:37)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:37)(cid:36)(cid:0)
(cid:4)
–
–
–
–
–
–
1,301,809
1,215,021
86,788
–
–
522,161
527,230
522,160
–
–
432,773
401,250
405,653
324,000
431,985
340,272
264,000
–
–
487,350
492,081
407,350
–
–
403,922
321,000
378,610
302,400
403,186
317,588
246,400
–
–
34,811
35,149
114,810
–
–
28,851
80,250
27,043
21,600
28,799
22,684
17,600
All bonuses for the year ended 30 April 2009 were paid either in December 2008, April 2009 or June 2009.
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
Directors
C S dos Santos
P Barnes
A Reitzer
M Butler
N Hamilton
M Jablonski
E Jankelowitz
L Jardin
R Longes
D Rubin
Executives
T
R
O
P
E
R
'
S
R
O
T
C
E
R
I
D
52
K Bean
F Collins
P Dubbelman
A Gratwicke
B Hale
D Johnston
H Rumpler
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
Details of long term incentive bonus provided for the year ended 30 April 2010
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
Directors
C S dos Santos
P Barnes
A Reitzer
M Butler
N Hamilton
M Jablonski
E Jankelowitz
L Jardin *
R Longes
D Rubin
Executives
K Bean
S Morabito
F Collins
P Dubbelman
A Gratwicke
B Hale
D Johnston
H Rumpler
(cid:48)(cid:47)(cid:52)(cid:37)(cid:46)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:33)(cid:44)(cid:0)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:51)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:34)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:51)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:33)(cid:57)(cid:33)(cid:34)(cid:44)(cid:37)(cid:0)
(cid:4)(cid:0)
(cid:34)(cid:47)(cid:46)(cid:53)(cid:51)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:47)(cid:50)(cid:38)(cid:37)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:37)(cid:36)(cid:0)
(cid:4)
–
–
–
–
–
–
5,000,000
4,649,000
351,000
–
–
2,000,000
2,000,000
2,000,000
–
–
1,859,600
1,859,600
1,859,600
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
140,400
140,400
140,400
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2,000,000
1,859,600
140,400
–
–
–
–
–
–
* Mr Jardin resigned from the Metcash Board on 9 February 2010
Bonuses under long term retention plan vesting on 30 April 2010 were paid in June 2010. No payments were due or forfeited under these plans in
the year ended 30 April 2009.
SHARE OPTIONS
Unissued shares
As at the date of this report, there were 29,861,538 unissued ordinary shares under option (30,235,024 at the reporting date). Refer to note 15
of the financial statements for further details of the options outstanding.
Shares issued as a result of options
During the financial year, employees and executives have exercised options to acquire 755,668 fully paid ordinary shares in Metcash Limited at
a weighted average exercise price of $3.25 Since the end of the financial year, a further 301,920 options have been exercised, at a weighted
average exercise price of $4.00.
D
I
R
E
C
T
O
R
S
'
R
E
P
O
R
T
53
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
CEO AND FINANCE DIRECTOR DECLARATION
The Chief Executive Officer and Finance Director have provided a declaration that states:
(a) With regard to the integrity of the financial report of Metcash Limited for the period to 30 April 2010:
(i) The financial statements and associated notes comply in all material respects with the accounting standards as required by Section 296
of the Corporations Act 2001;
(ii) The financial statements and associated notes give a true and fair view, in all material respects, of the financial position as at 30 April
2010 and performance of the Company for the period then ended as required by Section 297 of the Corporations Act 2001;
(iii) In our opinion, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and
payable;
(b) With regard to the financial records and systems of risk management and internal compliance and control of Metcash Limited for the period
ended 30 April 2010:
(i) The financial records of the Company have been properly maintained in accordance with Section 286 of the Corporations Act 2001;
(ii) The statements made in (a) above regarding the integrity of the financial statements are founded on a sound system of risk management and
internal compliance and control which, in all material respects, implements the policies adopted by the Board of Directors;
(iii) The risk management and internal compliance and control systems of the Company relating to financial reporting, compliance and
operations objectives are operating efficiently and effectively, in all material respects;
(iv) Subsequent to 30 April 2010, no changes or other matters have arisen that would have a material effect on the operation of risk
management and internal control and control systems of the Company.
AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION
The auditor’s independence declaration for the year ended 30 April 2010 has been received and is included on page 101.
NON-AUDIT SERVICES
The following non-audit services were provided by the entity’s auditor, Ernst & Young. The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit
services is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act. The nature and scope of each type
of non-audit service provided means that auditor independence was not compromised.
Ernst & Young received or are due to receive the following amounts for the provision of non-audit services:
Tax compliance
Assurance-related
Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.
$1,247,295
$311,255
Andrew Reitzer
Director
Sydney, 9 July 2010
T
R
O
P
E
R
'
S
R
O
T
C
E
R
I
D
54
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Year ended 30 April 2010
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
NOTES
4(a)
11
4(f)
4(f)
4(g)
5
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Distribution costs
Administrative costs
Share of profit of associates
Specific Items
Termination of derivative financial instrument
Restructure of Campbells Cash and Carry branch network
Finance costs
Profit from continuing operations before income tax
Income tax expense
Net profit for the period
Other comprehensive income
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Foreign currency hedge adjustment
Income tax/(expense) on items of other comprehensive income
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the period
Profit for the period is attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent
Minority Interest
Total comprehensive income for the period is attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent
Minority Interest
Earnings per share for profit from continuing
operations attributable to the ordinary equity
holders of the company:
–
–
Franked dividends per share
basic earnings per share
diluted earnings per share
28
28
6
The above Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
2010
$’m
11,608.1
(10,435.3)
1,172.8
(405.8)
(350.2)
0.3
2009
$'m
11,067.5
(9,950.9)
1,116.6
(369.5)
(363.5)
1.9
–
(15.4)
(71.7)
330.0
(99.7)
230.3
(0.6)
(0.1)
–
(0.7)
229.6
227.6
2.7
230.3
226.9
2.7
229.6
29.74
29.69
26.00
(24.6)
–
(70.2)
290.7
(87.5)
203.2
(1.3)
–
–
(1.3)
201.9
202.5
0.7
203.2
201.2
0.7
201.9
26.47
26.45
24.00
2010
$'m
376.4
–
376.4
–
(2.6)
–
–
–
(174.7)
199.1
–
199.1
–
–
–
–
199.1
199.1
–
199.1
199.1
–
199.1
–
–
–
2009
$'m
390.8
–
390.8
–
(4.5)
–
–
–
(202.7)
183.6
–
183.6
–
–
–
–
183.6
183.6
–
183.6
183.6
–
183.6
–
–
–
C
O
N
S
O
L
I
D
A
T
E
D
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
C
O
M
P
R
E
H
E
N
S
I
V
E
I
N
C
O
M
E
55
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
As at 30 April 2010
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Assets held for sale
Prepayments and other
Total current assets
Non current assets
Trade and other receivables
Investments in associates accounted for using the equity method
Other financial assets
Property, plant and equipment
Net deferred tax assets
Intangible assets and goodwill
Total non current assets
TOTAL ASSETS
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Provisions
Income tax payable
Other financial liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non current liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Provisions
Other financial liabilities
Total non current liabilities
TOTAL LIABILITIES
NET ASSETS
EQUITY
Contributed equity
Other equity
Reserves
Retained earnings
Parent Interest
Minority Interest
TOTAL EQUITY
N
O
I
T
I
S
O
P
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
F
O
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
D
E
T
A
D
I
L
O
S
N
O
C
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
NOTES
2010
$'m
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
5
14
16
17
18
19
20
17
19
20
21
21
21
21
210.6
1,008.0
747.2
4.0
4.9
1,974.7
65.4
94.8
0.2
194.7
27.2
1,282.0
1,664.3
3,639.0
1,294.4
7.8
0.6
99.8
45.6
0.2
1,448.4
749.4
61.7
1.9
813.0
2,261.4
1,377.6
1,892.2
(765.9)
25.8
166.0
1,318.1
59.5
1,377.6
2009
$'m
148.6
967.7
680.5
–
5.6
–
1,314.4
–
–
1,802.4
1,314.4
40.1
84.1
0.2
163.4
16.2
1,180.1
1,484.1
3,286.5
1,188.0
6.9
–
72.7
42.2
–
1,309.8
638.2
59.1
–
697.3
2,007.1
1,279.4
1,889.7
(765.9)
23.9
129.7
1,277.4
2.0
1,279.4
–
–
4,616.1
–
–
–
4,616.1
5,930.5
–
3,194.3
–
–
43.6
–
3,237.9
–
–
–
–
3,237.9
2,692.6
2,558.2
–
19.5
114.9
2,692.6
–
2,692.6
–
1,125.3
–
–
–
1,125.3
–
–
4,616.1
–
–
–
4,616.1
5,741.4
–
–
–
–
42.0
–
42.0
3,019.7
–
–
3,019.7
3,061.7
2,679.7
2,555.7
–
16.9
107.1
2,679.7
–
2,679.7
56
The above Consolidated Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Year ended 30 April 2010
METCASH GROUP
CONTRIBUTED
EQUITY
$’m
OTHER
EQUITY
$’m
SHARE-BASED
PAYMENTS
$’m
RETAINED
EARNINGS
$’m
CAPITAL
RESERVE
$’m
FOREIGN
CURRENCY
TRANSLATION
RESERVE
$’m
CASH FLOW
HEDGE
RESERVE
$'m
MINORITY
INTEREST
$’m
At 1 May 2009
Total comprehensive income
1,889.7
–
(765.9)
–
Transactions with
owners in their
capacity as owners:
Exercise of options
Minority Interest on acquisition
Share-based payment
Dividends paid
2.5
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
At 30 April 2010
1,892.2
(765.9)
At 1 May 2008
Total comprehensive income
1,889.4
–
(765.9)
–
Transactions with
owners in their
capacity as owners:
Exercise of options
Minority Interest on acquisition
Share-based payment
Dividends paid
0.3
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
At 30 April 2009
1,889.7
(765.9)
17.1
–
–
–
2.6
–
19.7
12.6
–
–
–
4.5
–
17.1
129.7
227.6
–
–
–
(191.3)
166.0
95.5
202.5
–
–
–
(168.3)
129.7
The above Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
12.8
–
–
–
–
–
12.8
12.8
–
–
–
–
–
(6.0)
(0.6)
–
–
–
–
(6.6)
(4.7)
(1.3)
–
–
–
–
12.8
(6.0)
–
(0.1)
–
–
–
–
(0.1)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2.0
2.7
–
55.1
–
(0.3)
59.5
–
0.7
–
1.3
–
–
2.0
At 1 May 2009
Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:
Share-based payment
Exercise of options
Dividends paid
At 30 April 2010
At 1 May 2008
Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:
Share-based payment
Exercise of options
Dividends paid
At 30 April 2009
The above Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
METCASH LIMITED
CONTRIBUTED
EQUITY
$'m
SHARE-BASED
PAYMENTS
$'m
RETAINED
EARNINGS
$'m
2,555.7
–
–
2.5
–
2,558.2
2,555.4
–
–
0.3
–
2,555.7
16.9
–
2.6
–
–
19.5
12.4
–
4.5
–
–
16.9
107.1
199.1
–
–
(191.3)
114.9
91.8
183.6
–
–
(168.3)
107.1
TOTAL
EQUITY
$’m
1,279.4
229.6
2.5
55.1
2.6
(191.6)
1,377.6
1,239.7
201.9
0.3
1.3
4.5
(168.3)
1,279.4
TOTAL
EQUITY
$'m
2,679.7
199.1
2.6
2.5
(191.3)
2,692.6
2,659.6
183.6
4.5
0.3
(168.3)
2,679.7
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
I
N
E
Q
U
I
T
Y
57
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Year ended 30 April 2010
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
NOTES
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
Cash flows from operating activities:
Receipts from customers
Receipts from related parties
Payments to suppliers and employees
Dividends received
Interest received
Finance costs
Income tax paid
Goods and services tax paid
Net cash flows from operating activities
7
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Payments for intangibles
Proceeds from sale of retail stores
Proceeds from loans repaid by other entities
Loans (to)/from subsidiaries
Loans (to)/from other entities
Payment on acquisition of businesses
Payment on acquisition of associates
27 (d)
12,440.4
–
(11,848.5)
2.0
8.2
(68.4)
(101.6)
(137.4)
294.7
1.2
(39.3)
(30.9)
0.1
16.6
–
(21.0)
(62.0)
(0.9)
11,818.3
–
(11,380.9)
1.3
9.2
(64.0)
(31.0)
(104.8)
248.1
7.1
(36.7)
(21.3)
7.1
21.1
–
(16.1)
(65.8)
(1.6)
Net cash flows used in investing activities
(136.2)
(106.2)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from the issue of ordinary shares
Payment to terminate derivative financial instrument
Payment of refinancing costs
Proceeds from borrowings–other
Repayments of borrowings–other
Payment of dividends on ordinary shares
Payment of dividends to minority interests
Repayment of finance lease principal
Net cash flows used in financing activities
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Add opening cash brought forward
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
21
6
7
2.5
–
(6.1)
795.0
(688.7)
(191.3)
(0.3)
(7.5)
(96.4)
62.1
148.6
(0.1)
210.6
0.3
(24.6)
–
550.0
(525.0)
(168.3)
–
(6.1)
(173.7)
(31.8)
180.5
(0.1)
148.6
2010
$'m
–
177.3
–
199.1
–
(174.7)
–
–
201.7
–
–
–
–
–
(12.9)
–
–
–
(12.9)
2.5
–
–
–
–
(191.3)
–
–
(188.8)
–
–
–
–
2009
$'m
–
207.2
–
183.6
–
(202.7)
–
–
188.1
–
–
–
–
–
(20.1)
–
–
–
(20.1)
0.3
–
–
–
–
(168.3)
–
–
(168.0)
–
–
–
–
S
W
O
L
F
H
S
A
C
F
O
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
58
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Year ended 30 April 2010
1 CORPORATE INFORMATION
The financial report of Metcash Limited (the
Company) for the year ended 30 April 2010
was authorised for issue in accordance with a
resolution of the Directors on 9 July 2010.
Metcash Limited and its controlled entities
(the Group), is a company limited by shares
incorporated in Australia whose shares are
publicly traded on the Australian Securities
Exchange. The nature of the operations and
principal activities of the Group are described
in the Directors’ Report.
2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(i) BASIS OF ACCOUNTING
The financial report is a general purpose
financial report that has been prepared in
accordance with the requirements of the
Corporations Act 2001 and Australian
Accounting Standards and other authoritative
pronouncements of the Australian Accounting
Standards Board.
The financial report has been prepared using
the historical cost basis except for derivative
financial instruments which have been
measured at fair value.
The financial report is presented in Australian
dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest
$100,000 unless otherwise stated under the
option available to the Company under ASIC
Class Order 98/100. The Company is an entity
to which the class order applies.
(ii) STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE
The financial report complies with Australian
Accounting Standards. The financial report
also complies with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS).
(a) Changes in Accounting Policy
Since 1 May 2009 the Group has adopted
the following Standards and Amendments,
mandatory for annual periods beginning on
or after 1 May 2009. Adoption of these
Standards and Amendments did not have any
effect on the financial position or performance
of the Group.
REFERENCE
TITLE
SUMMARY & IMPACT
AASB 2008-1
Amendments to Australian Accounting
Standard – Share-based Payments:
Vesting Conditions and Cancellations
AASB 8 and
AASB 2007-3
Operating Segments and consequential
amendments to other Australian
Accounting Standards
Presentation of Financial Statements
and consequential amendments to other
Australian Accounting Standards
AASB 101
(Revised),
AASB 2007-8
and AASB
2007-10
The amendments clarify the definition of ’vesting conditions’, introducing the term
’non-vesting conditions’ for conditions other than vesting conditions as specifically
defined and prescribe the accounting treatment of an award that is effectively
cancelled because a non-vesting condition is not satisfied.
No material impact on the Group as a result of the adoption of this Standard.
New standard replacing AASB 114 Segment Reporting, which adopts a
management reporting approach to segment reporting.
The Group concluded that the operating segments determined in accordance with
AASB 8 are the same as the business segments previously identified under AASB
114. AASB 8 disclosures are shown within the accompanying notes, including the
related revised comparative information.
Introduces a statement of comprehensive income.
Other revisions include impacts on the presentation of items in the statement
of changes in equity, new presentation requirements for restatements or
reclassifications of items in the financial statements, changes in the presentation
requirements for dividends and changes to the titles of the financial statements.
The revised Standard separates owner and non-owner changes in equity. The
statement of changes in equity includes only details of transactions with owners,
with non-owner changes in equity presented in a reconciliation of each component
of equity and included in the new statement of comprehensive income. The
statement of comprehensive income presents all items of recognised income and
expense, either in one single statement, or in two linked statements. The Group has
elected to present one statement.
Borrowing costs
AASB 123
(Revised) and
AASB 2007-6
The new standard ensures the capitalisation of borrowing costs relating
to qualifying assets and consequential amendments to other Australian
Accounting Standards.
AASB 2008-5
Amendments to Australian Accounting
Standards arising from the Annual
Improvements Project
The group acquires qualifying assets and all of the provisions of this standard have
been applied accordingly.
The improvements project is an annual project that provides a mechanism for
making non-urgent, but necessary, amendments to IFRSs. The AASB has separated
the amendments into two parts: Part 1 deals with changes the AASB identified
resulting in accounting changes; Part II deals with either terminology or editorial
amendments that the AASB believes will have minimal impact.
No material impact on the Group as a result of the adoption of this Amendment.
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
59
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
REFERENCE
TITLE
SUMMARY & IMPACT
AASB 2008-2
AASB 2008-7
Amendments to Australian Accounting
Standards – Puttable Financial
Instruments and Obligations arising on
Liquidation
Amendments to Australian Accounting
Standards – Cost of an Investment in a
Subsidiary, Jointly Controlled Entity or
Associate
AASB 2009-5
Further Amendments to Australian
Accounting Standards arising from the
Annual Improvements Project
[AASB 5, 8, 101, 107, 117, 118,
136 & 139]
The amendments provide a limited exception to the definition of a liability so as
to allow an entity that issues puttable financial instruments with certain specified
features, to classify those instruments as equity rather than financial liabilities.
No material impact on the Group as the result of the adoption of this Amendment.
The main amendments of relevance to Australian entities are those made to AASB
127 deleting the ‘cost method’ and requiring all dividends from a subsidiary,
jointly controlled entity or associate to be recognised in profit or loss in an entity's
separate financial statements (i.e., parent company accounts). The distinction
between pre- and post-acquisition profits is no longer required. However, the
payment of such dividends requires the entity to consider whether there is an
indicator of impairment.
AASB 127 has also been amended to effectively allow the cost of an investment
in a subsidiary, in limited reorganisations, to be based on the previous carrying
amount of the subsidiary (that is, share of equity) rather than its fair value.
The group accounts incorporate all of the abovementioned entities and the
provisions within this amendment have been applied accordingly. Any financial
impact to the group is immaterial.
This Standard makes amendments to the following Australian Accounting
Standards:
1. AASB 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations;
2. AASB 8 Operating Segments;
3. AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements;
4. AASB 107 Statement of Cash Flows;
5. AASB 117 Leases;
6. AASB 118 Revenue;
7. AASB 136 Impairment of Assets; and
8. AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement; as a
consequence of the annual improvements project.
No material impact has resulted on the Group from the early adoption
of the amendments.
The adoption of these standards and amendments have only affected the disclosure in these financial statements. There has been no effect on profit
and loss or the financial position of the entity.
(b) Standards and amendments issued but not yet effective
Australian Accounting Standards and Amendments that have recently been issued or amended but are not yet effective have not been adopted by
the Group for the annual reporting period ending 30 April 2010. These are outlined in the table below:
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
60
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
REFERENCE
TITLE
SUMMARY
AASB 127
(Revised),
AASB
2008-3
Consolidated and
Separate Financial
Statements
Under the revised standard, a change in
the ownership interest of a subsidiary (that
does not result in loss of control) will be
accounted for as an equity transaction.
APPLICATION
DATE OF
STANDARD
1 July 2009
APPLICATION
DATE FOR
GROUP
1 May 2010
IMPACT ON GROUP
FINANCIAL REPORT
The Group intends to acquire
business entities in the future
and outstanding non-controlling
interests.
All changes in the ownership
interest of a subsidiary (without
a change in control) are to be
accounted for as a transaction
with owners in their capacity
as owners. Therefore, such
transactions will no longer give
rise to goodwill, nor will they
give rise to a gain or loss
in the statement of
comprehensive income.
Furthermore, the revised
Standard changes the
accounting for losses incurred
by a partially owned subsidiary
as well as the loss of control
of a subsidiary. The changes
will affect future acquisitions,
changes in, and loss of control
of, subsidiaries and transactions
with non-controlling interests.
AASB 3
(Revised)
Business
Combinations
AASB
2008-6
AASB
2008-8
Further Amendments
to Australian
Accounting
Standards arising
from the Annual
Improvements
Project
Amendments
to Australian
Accounting
Standards – Eligible
Hedged Items
The revised standard introduces a number
of changes to the accounting for business
combinations, the most significant of which
allows entities a choice for each business
combination entered into – to measure a
non-controlling interest (formerly a minority
interest) in the acquiree either at its fair
value or at its proportionate interest in
the acquiree’s net assets. This choice will
effectively result in recognising goodwill
relating to 100% of the business (applying
the fair value option) or recognising
goodwill relating to the percentage
interest acquired. Also, under the revised
standard, transaction costs under business
combination are expensed and contingent
considerations are recognised at fair
values. The changes apply prospectively.
Refer to AASB 2008-5 above.
1 July 2009
Refer to AASB 127 (Revised),
AASB 2008-3 Above.
1 May 2010
1 July 2009 No material impact on the
Group is expected from the
adoption of the Amendment.
1 May 2010
The amendment to AASB 139 clarifies
how the principles underlying hedge
accounting should be applied when (i) a
one-sided risk in a hedged item and (ii)
inflation in a financial hedged item existed
or was likely to exist.
1 July 2009 No material impact on the
Group is expected from the
adoption of the Amendment.
1 May 2010
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
61
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
IMPACT ON GROUP
FINANCIAL REPORT
No material impact on the
Group is expected from the
adoption of the Amendment.
APPLICATION
DATE FOR
GROUP
1 May 2010
APPLICATION
DATE OF
STANDARD
Periods
ending on
or after
30 June
2009
Periods
beginning
on or after 1
July 2009
No material impact on the
Group is expected from the
adoption of the Amendment.
1 May 2010
Periods
ending on
or after
30 June
2009
AASB 2009-6 is a disclosure
standard and as such will
have no direct impact on
the amounts included in the
Group’s financial statements.
1 May 2010
REFERENCE
TITLE
SUMMARY
AASB
2009-3
Amendments
to Australian
Accounting
Standards –
Embedded
Derivatives
AASB
2009-4
AASB
2009-6
Amendments
to Australian
Accounting
Standards arising
from the Annual
Improvements
Project
Amendments
to Australian
Accounting
Standards
These amendments to AASB Interpretation
9 require an entity to assess whether an
embedded derivative must be separated
from a host contract when the entity
reclassifies a hybrid financial asset out
of the fair value through profit or loss
category. This assessment is to be made
based on circumstances that existed
on the later of the date the entity first
became a party to the contract and the
date of any contract amendments that
significantly change the cash flows of the
contract. AASB 139 now states that if an
embedded derivative cannot be reliably
measured, the entire hybrid instrument must
remain classified as at fair value through
profit or loss.
Amendments to Australian Accounting
Standards AASB 2 Share-based Payment
and AASB 138 Intangible Assets and
AASB Interpretations 9 Reassessment of
Embedded Derivatives and 16 Hedges of
a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation.
This Standard makes numerous editorial
amendments to a range of Australian
Accounting Standards and Interpretations,
including amendments to reflect changes
made to the text of IFRSs by the IASB. For
example, the term ‘revaluation reserve’ is
changed to ‘revaluation surplus’, which
already appears in some places in the
Australian pronouncements.
The Standard makes additional
amendments as a consequence of the
issuance in September 2007 of a revised
AASB 101. These amendments were
omitted from or incorrectly stated in
AASB 2007-8 Amendments to Australian
Accounting Standards arising from
AASB 101.
These amendments have no major impact
on the requirements of the amended
pronouncements.
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
62
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
IMPACT ON GROUP
FINANCIAL REPORT
APPLICATION
DATE FOR
GROUP
No material impact on the
Group is expected from the
adoption of the Standard.
Periods ending
on or after 1
May 2013
APPLICATION
DATE OF
STANDARD
Periods
ending on
or after
1January
2013
REFERENCE
TITLE
SUMMARY
AASB 9
Financial Instruments
The revised Standard introduces a
number of changes to the accounting
for financial assets, the most significant
of which includes:
1.
Two categories for financial assets
being amortised cost or fair value.
2.
Removal of the requirement to separate
embedded derivatives in financial assets.
3.
Strict requirements to determine which
financial assets can be classified as
amortised cost or fair value, Financial
assets can only be classified as
amortised cost if:
(a)
the contractual cash flows from the
instrument represent principal and
interest; and
(b)
the entity's purpose for holding
the instrument is to collect the
contractual cash flows.
4.
5.
6.
An option for investments in equity
instruments which are not held for
trading to recognise fair value changes
through other comprehensive income
with no impairment testing and no
recycling through profit or loss on
derecognition.
Reclassifications between amortised
cost and fair value no longer permitted
unless the entity's business model for
holding the asset changes.
Changes to the accounting and
additional disclosures for equity
instruments classified as fair value
through other comprehensive income.
Amendments to Australian Accounting
Standards arising from AASB 2009. The
revised Standard introduces a number of
changes to the accounting for financial
assets, the most significant of which are
detailed above, AASB 9.
Periods
ending on
or after
1January
2013
No material impact on the
Group is expected from the
adoption of the Amendment.
Periods ending
on or after 1
May 2013
AASB
2009-11
Amendments to
Australian Accounting
Standards arising
from AASB 9 AASB
1, 3, 4, 5, 7,
101, 102, 108,
112, 118, 121,
127, 128, 131,
132, 136, 139,
1023 & 1038 and
Interpretations 10
& 12
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
63
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
As at the reporting date the results of the
overseas subsidiaries are translated into the
presentation currency of Metcash Limited.
Assets and liabilities are translated at the rate
of exchange ruling at the reporting date whilst
all elements contained within the consolidated
statement of comprehensive income are
translated at the weighted average exchange
rate for the year.
The exchange differences arising on the
translation are taken directly to the foreign
currency translation reserve.
(vii) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash comprises cash on hand and demand
deposits. Cash equivalents are short-term,
highly liquid investments that are readily
convertible to known amounts of cash, which
are subject to an insignificant risk of changes
in value and have a maturity of three months or
less at the date of acquisition.
(viii) TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
Trade receivables, are recognised and carried
at original invoice amount less a provision
for any uncollectable debts. An estimate for
doubtful debts is made when collection of the
full amount is no longer probable. Bad debts
are written off as incurred.
(ix) INVESTMENTS AND OTHER
FINANCIAL ASSETS
All investments are initially recognised at cost,
being the fair value of the consideration given
and including acquisition charges associated
with the investment.
After initial recognition, investments, which are
classified as held for trading and available-
for-sale, are measured at fair value. Gains
or losses on investments held for trading are
recognised in the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income.
For investments that are actively traded in
organised financial markets, fair value is
determined by reference to Stock Exchange
quoted market bid prices at the close of
business on the relevant reporting date.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
(iii) BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
Contractual customer relationships
The consolidated financial statements comprise
the financial statements of Metcash Limited and
its subsidiaries as at 30 April 2010.
Identifying those acquired relationships with
customers that meet the definition of separately
identifiable intangibles that have a finite life.
The financial statements of subsidiaries are
prepared for the same reporting period as the
parent entity, using consistent accounting policies.
Controlled entities are all those entities over
which the Group has the power to govern
the financial and operating policies so as to
obtain benefits from their activities.
Controlled entities are consolidated from the date
on which control is transferred to the Group and
cease to be consolidated from the date on which
control is transferred out of the Group.
In preparing the consolidated financial
statements all intercompany balances and
transactions have been eliminated in full.
Investments in subsidiaries held by Metcash
Limited are accounted for at cost in the separate
financial statements of the parent entity.
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted
for using the purchase method of accounting.
The purchase method of accounting
involves allocating the costs of the business
combination to the fair value of the assets
acquired and the liabilities and contingent
liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.
Minority interests not held by the Group are
allocated their share of net profit after tax in
the consolidated statement of comprehensive
income and are presented within equity in the
consolidated statement of financial position,
separately from the parent shareholders’ equity.
(iv) REVERSE ACQUISITION
In accordance with AASB 3 Business
Combinations, in 2005 when Metcash Limited
(the legal parent) acquired the Metoz group
(being Metoz Holdings Limited and its controlled
entities including Metcash Trading Limited (the
legal subsidiary)), the acquisition was deemed
to be a reverse acquisition. The consolidated
financial statements are issued under the name
of the legal parent (Metcash Limited) but are a
continuation of the financial statements of the
deemed acquirer under the reverse acquisition
rules (Metcash Trading Limited).
(v) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES AND
ASSUMPTIONS
(a) Significant accounting judgements
In the process of applying the Group’s
accounting policies, management has made
the following judgements, apart from those
involving estimations, which have a significant
effect on the amounts recognised in the
financial statements:
(b) Significant accounting estimates
and assumptions
The carrying amounts of certain assets and
liabilities are often determined based on
estimates and assumptions of future events.
The key estimates and assumptions that have a
significant risk of causing a material adjustment
to the carrying amounts of certain assets and
liabilities within the next annual reporting
period are:
Impairment of goodwill
The Group determines whether goodwill is
impaired on an annual basis. This requires an
estimation of the recoverable amount of the
cash generating units to which the goodwill
is allocated.
The assumptions used in this estimation of the
recoverable amount and the carrying amount
of goodwill are discussed in note 14.
Contractual customer relationships
The useful life of contractual customer
relationships of 25 years is based on
management’s expectation of future attrition
rates based on historical rates experienced.
(vi) FOREIGN CURRENCY
TRANSLATION
Translation of foreign currency transactions
Both the functional and presentation currency
of Metcash Limited and its Australian
subsidiaries is Australian dollars (A$).
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially
recorded in the functional currency at the
exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction.
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated
in foreign currencies are retranslated at the
rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date.
All exchange differences in the consolidated
financial report are taken to profit or loss.
Translation of financial reports of overseas
operations
The functional currency of the overseas
subsidiaries is as follows:
›
›
›
Tasman Liquor Company Limited is
New Zealand dollars.
Metoz Holdings Limited is South
African rand.
Soetensteeg 2–61 Exploitatiemaatschappij
BV is euros.
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
64
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
(x) DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS
The Group uses derivative financial instruments
(including forward currency contracts and
interest rate swaps) to hedge its risks associated
with foreign currency and interest rate
fluctuations. Such derivative financial instruments
are initially recognised at fair value on the date
at which a derivative contract is entered into
and are subsequently remeasured to fair value.
Derivatives are carried as assets when their
fair value is positive and as liabilities when
their fair value is negative.
The fair values of forward currency contracts
are calculated by reference to current forward
exchange rates for contracts with similar
maturity profiles. The fair values of interest
rate swaps are determined using a valuation
technique based on cash flows discounted to
present value using current market interest rates.
Any gains or losses arising from changes in the
fair value of derivatives, except for those that
qualify as cash flow hedges, are taken directly
to profit or loss for the year.
The fair value of derivative contracts are
determined by reference to market values for
similar instruments.
For the purposes of hedge accounting, hedges
are classified as:
›
›
fair value hedges, when they hedge the
exposure to changes in the fair value of
recognised asset or liability; or
cash flow hedges, when they hedge the
exposure to variability in cash flows that
is attributable either to a particular risk
associated with a recognised asset or
liability or to a forecast transaction.
Hedges that meet the strict criteria for hedge
accounting are accounted as follows:
Cashflow hedges are hedges of the Group’s
exposure to variability in cash flows that is
attributable to a particular risk associated with
a recognised asset or liability or to a forecast
transaction and that could affect profit or loss.
The effective portion of the gain or loss on
the hedging instrument is recognised directly
in equity, while the ineffective portion is
recognised in profit or loss.
(xi) INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES
The Group’s investments in its associates
are accounted for using the equity method
of accounting in the consolidated financial
statements. These are the entities in which the
Group has significant influence and which are
neither subsidiaries nor joint ventures.
The financial statements of the associates are
used by the Group to apply the equity method.
The investments in associates are carried in
the consolidated statement of financial position
at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the
Group’s share of net assets of the associate,
less any impairment in value. Goodwill relating
to an associate is included in the carrying
amount of the investment and is not amortised.
The consolidated statement of comprehensive
income reflects the Group’s share of the results
of operations of the associates.
Where there has been a change recognised
directly in the associate’s equity, the Group
recognises its share of any changes and
discloses this in the consolidated statement of
changes in equity.
(xii) INVENTORIES
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost
or net realisable value. Costs incurred in
bringing each product to its present location
and condition, are accounted for using the
standard cost method. Cost is determined by
deducting from the supplier’s invoice price any
purchase incentives, allowances, discounts
and net marketing income.
Net realisable value is the estimated selling
price in the ordinary course of business,
less estimated costs of completion and the
estimated costs necessary to make the sale.
(xiii) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Cost
All classes of property, plant and equipment are
measured at cost less accumulated depreciation
and any accumulated impairment losses.
Depreciation
Depreciation is provided on a straight-line
basis on all property, plant and equipment,
other than freehold land.
Major depreciation periods are:
(cid:0)
(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:17)(cid:16)(cid:0)
(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:16)(cid:25)
Freehold buildings:
50 years
50 years
Plant and equipment: 5–15 years 5–15 years
Impairment
The carrying values of plant and equipment
are reviewed for impairment when events or
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying
value may not be recoverable.
For an asset that does not generate largely
independent cash inflows, the recoverable
amount is determined for the cash-generating
unit to which the asset belongs.
If any such indication exists and where
the carrying values exceed the estimated
recoverable amount, the assets or cash
generating units are written down to their
recoverable amount.
The recoverable amount of plant and
equipment is the greater of fair value less
costs to sell and value in use. In assessing
value in use, the estimated future cash flows
are discounted to their present value using a
pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market
assessments of the time value of money and
the risks specific to the asset.
Impairment losses are recognised in the
consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
De-recognition
An item of property, plant and equipment is
de-recognised upon disposal or when no future
economic benefits are expected to arise from
the continued use of the asset.
Any gain or loss arising on de-recognition
of the asset (calculated as the difference
between the net disposal proceeds and the
carrying amount of the item) is included in
the consolidated statement of comprehensive
income in the period the item is de-recognised.
(xiv) IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS
At each reporting date, the Group assesses
whether there is any indication that the value
of an asset may be impaired. Where an
indicator of impairment exists, the Group
makes a formal estimate of recoverable
amount. Where the carrying amount of an
asset exceeds its recoverable amount the asset
is considered impaired and is written down to
its recoverable amount.
Recoverable amount is the greater of fair
value less costs to sell and value in use. It is
determined for an individual asset, unless the
asset’s value in use cannot be estimated to be
close to its fair value less costs to sell and it
does not generate cash inflows that are largely
independent of those from other assets or
groups of assets. In this case, the recoverable
amount is determined for the cash-generating
unit to which the asset belongs.
In assessing value in use, the estimated future
cash flows are discounted to their present
value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects
current market assessments of the time value of
money and the risks specific to the asset.
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
65
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
(xv) LEASES
Leases are classified at their inception as
either operating or finance leases based on
the economic substance of the agreement so
as to reflect the risks and benefits incidental
to ownership.
Operating leases
(i) Group as a lessee
Operating leases are those where the lessor
effectively retains substantially all of the risks
and benefits of ownership of the leased item.
Operating lease payments are recognised as
an expense on a straight-line basis.
(ii) Group as a lessor
Leases in which the Group retains substantially
all the risks and benefits of the leased asset are
classified as operating leases. Initial direct costs
incurred in negotiating an operating lease are
added to the carrying amount of the leased
asset and recognised as an expense over the
lease term on the same basis as rental income.
Finance leases
Leases that transfer to the Group substantially
all of the risks and benefits incidental to
ownership of the leased item, are capitalised
at the inception of the lease at the lower of
fair value of the leased property or the present
value of the minimum lease payments.
Capitalised leases are disclosed as property,
plant and equipment under lease. A lease
liability of equal value is also recognised.
Minimum lease payments are apportioned
between finance charges and reduction of
the lease liability so as to achieve a constant
rate of interest on the remaining balance of
the liability. Finance charges are charged
directly against income. Capitalised lease
assets are depreciated over the shorter of the
assets estimated useful life of the assets and
the lease term.
The cost of improvements to or on leasehold
property is capitalised, disclosed as leasehold
improvements, and amortised over the shorter
of the unexpired period of the lease or the
estimated useful lives of the improvements,
whichever is the shorter.
(xvi) GOODWILL
Goodwill acquired in a business combination
is initially measured at cost; being the excess
of the cost of the business combination over
the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the
acquirer’s identifiable assets, liabilities and
contingent liabilities.
Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured
at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.
Goodwill is not amortised. Goodwill is reviewed
for impairment, annually or more frequently if
events or changes in circumstances indicate that
the carrying value may be impaired.
As at the acquisition date, any goodwill
acquired is allocated to each of the groups of
cash-generating units expected to benefit from
the combination’s synergies.
Impairment is determined by assessing
the recoverable amount of the group of
cash-generating units to which the goodwill
relates. Where the recoverable amount of
the groups of cash-generating units is less
than the carrying amount, an impairment
loss is recognised.
When goodwill forms part of a group of cash-
generating units and an operation within that unit
is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the
operation disposed of is included in the carrying
amount of the operation when determining the
gain or loss on disposal of the operation.
Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is
measured based on the relative values of the
operation disposed of and the portion of the
groups of cash-generating units retained.
Impairment losses for goodwill are not
subsequently reversed.
(xvii) INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets acquired separately or in a
business combination are initially measured at
cost. Following initial recognition, the cost model
is applied to the class of intangible assets.
The useful lives of these intangible assets
are assessed to be either finite or indefinite.
Where amortisation is charged on assets with
finite lives, this expense is taken to the profit or
loss on a straight-line basis.
Intangible assets (excluding software
development costs) created within the business
are not capitalised and expenditure is charged
against profits in the period in which the
expenditure is incurred.
Intangible assets are tested for impairment
where an indicator of impairment exists. Useful
lives are also examined on an annual basis
and adjustments, where applicable, are made
on a prospective basis.
Trade Names are recognised as intangible
assets where a registered trade mark is
acquired with attributable value. Trade Names
are valued on a Relief from Royalty method.
Trade names are considered to be indefinite life
intangibles and are not amortised. Trade Name
balances will be tested annually for impairment
at the same time as goodwill is tested.
Contractual customer relationships are
recognised as intangible assets when the
criteria specified in AASB 138 Intangible
Assets have been met. Contractual customer
relationships are assessed to have a finite life
and are amortised over the asset’s useful life.
The carrying value of these assets is reviewed
for impairment where an indicator of
impairment exists.
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
66
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
Software development costs incurred on an
individual project are carried forward when
future recoverability can reasonably be
assured. Following the initial recognition of
software development costs, the cost model
is applied requiring the asset to be carried at
cost less any accumulated amortisation and
accumulated impairment losses.
Any costs carried forward are amortised over
the assets’ useful economic lives.
The carrying value of software development
costs is reviewed for impairment annually
when an asset is not in use or more frequently
when an indicator of impairment arises during
a reporting period indicating that the carrying
value may not be recoverable.
Gains or losses arising from de-recognition of an
intangible asset are measured as the difference
between the net disposal proceeds and the
carrying amount of the asset and are recognised
in the consolidated statement of comprehensive
income when the asset is de-recognised.
The estimated useful lives of existing finite life
intangible assets are as follows:
›
›
›
Customer contracts – twenty five years;
software development costs – five years;
other – ten years.
(xviii) TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
Trade payables and other payables are carried
at amortised cost. They represent liabilities for
goods and services provided to the Group prior
to the end of the financial year that are unpaid
and arise when the Group becomes obliged to
make future payments in respect of the purchase
of these goods and services.
(xix) EMPLOYEE LEAVE BENEFITS
(a) Wages, salaries, annual leave
and sick leave
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including
non-monetary benefits, annual leave and
accumulating sick leave expected to be
settled within 12 months of the reporting date
are recognised in provisions in respect of
employees’ services up to the reporting date.
They are measured at the amounts expected
to be paid when the liabilities are settled.
Liabilities for non-accumulating sick leave are
recognised when the leave is taken and are
measured at the rates paid or payable.
2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
(b) Long service leave
The liability for long service leave is
recognised in the provision for employee
benefits and measured as the present value
of expected future payments to be made in
respect of services provided by employees
up to the reporting date using the projected
unit credit method. Consideration is given
to expected future wage and salary levels,
experience of employee departures, and
periods of service. Expected future payments
are discounted using market yields at the
reporting date on national government bonds
with terms to maturity and currencies that
match as closely as possible, the estimated
future cash outflows.
(xx) INTEREST-BEARING LOANS
AND BORROWINGS
All loans and borrowings are initially
recognised at the fair value of the
consideration received net of issue costs
associated with the borrowing.
After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans
and borrowings are subsequently measured at
amortised cost using the effective interest method.
Gains and losses are recognised in profit or
loss when the liabilities are de-recognised.
(xxi) PROVISIONS
Provisions are recognised when the Group
has a present obligation (legal or constructive)
as a result of a past event, it is probable that
an outflow of resources embodying economic
benefits will be required to settle the obligation
and a reliable estimate can be made of the
amount of the obligation.
Where the Group expects some or all of a
provision to be reimbursed, for example, under
an insurance contract, the reimbursement is
recognised as a separate asset but only when
the reimbursement is probable. The expense
relating to any provision is presented in the
consolidated statement of comprehensive
income net of any reimbursement.
If the effect of the time value of money is
material, provisions are discounted using a
current pre-tax rate that reflects the risks specific
to the liability.
Where discounting is used, the increase in
the provision due to the passage of time is
recognised as a borrowing cost.
Provisions for store lease and remediation are
raised where the economic entity is committed
by the requirements of the lease agreement.
The future lease costs, net of any income from
sub-leasing, are discounted to their net present
value in determining the provision.
Dividends payable are recognised when a
legal or constructive obligation to pay the
dividend arises, typically following approval of
the dividend at a meeting of directors.
(xxii) SHARE-BASED PAYMENT
TRANSACTIONS
The Group provides benefits to employees
(including executive directors) of the Group in
the form of share-based payment transactions,
whereby employees render services in
exchange for shares or rights over shares
(equity-settled transactions).
The Group provides benefits to executive
directors, senior executives and its employees
in the form of the Employee Share Option
Plan (ESOP).
The cost of these equity-settled transactions
with employees is measured by reference to
the fair value of the equity instruments at the
date at which they are granted.
The fair value is determined using a
binomial model, further details of which
are given in note 15.
In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account
is taken of any performance conditions, other
than conditions linked to the price of the shares
of Metcash Limited (market conditions).
The cost of equity-settled transactions is
recognised, together with a corresponding
increase in equity, over the period in which the
performance conditions are fulfilled, ending
on the date on which the relevant employees
become fully entitled to the award (vesting date).
The cumulative expense recognised for equity-
settled transactions at each reporting date
until vesting date reflects (i) the extent to which
the vesting period has expired and (ii) the
number of awards that, in the opinion of the
directors of the Group, will ultimately vest. This
opinion is formed based on the best available
information at balance date. No adjustment is
made for the likelihood of market performance
conditions being met as the effect of these
conditions is included in the determination of
fair value at grant date.
Where the terms of an equity-settled award
are modified, as a minimum an expense
is recognised as if the terms had not been
modified. In addition, an expense is
recognised for any increase in the value of the
transaction as a result of the modification, as
measured at the date of modification.
Where an equity-settled award is cancelled,
it is treated as if it had vested on the date
of cancellation, and any expense not yet
recognised for the award is recognised
immediately. However, if a new award is
substituted for the cancelled award, and
designated as a replacement award on
the date that it is granted, the cancelled
and new award are treated as if they were
a modification of the original award, as
described in the previous paragraph.
The dilutive effect, if any, of outstanding
options is reflected as additional share dilution
in the computation of earnings per share.
(xxiii) REVENUE RECOGNITION
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is
probable that the economic benefits will flow
to the entity and the revenue can be reliably
measured. The following specific recognition
criteria must also be met before revenue
is recognised:
Sale of goods
Revenue is recognised when the significant
risks and rewards of ownership of the
goods have passed to the buyer and can
be measured reliably. Risks and rewards are
considered passed to the buyer at the time of
delivery of the goods to the customer.
Rendering of services
Revenue from promotional activities is recognised
when the promotional activities occur.
Interest
Revenue is recognised as the interest is earned.
Dividends
Revenue is recognised when the right to
receive the payment is established.
Rental income
Rental income is accounted for on a straight-
line basis over the lease term. Contingent
rental income is recognised as income in the
periods in which it is earned.
Management fees
Management fees are recognised on an
accrual basis.
(xxiv) INCOME TAX
Current tax assets and liabilities for the current
and prior periods are measured at the amount
expected to be recovered from, or paid to the
taxation authority. The tax rates and tax laws
used to compute the amount are those that
are enacted or substantively enacted by the
relevant reporting date.
Deferred income tax is provided on all
temporary differences at the reporting date,
between the tax bases of assets and liabilities
and their carrying amounts for financial
reporting purposes.
Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised
for all taxable temporary differences:
›
›
except where the deferred income tax
liability arises from the initial recognition
of an asset or liability in a transaction that
is not a business combination and, at the
time of the transaction, affects neither the
accounting nor taxable profit or loss; and
in respect of taxable temporary differences
associated with investments in subsidiaries,
associates and interests in joint ventures,
except where the timing of the reversal of the
temporary differences can be controlled and
it is probable that the temporary differences
will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
67
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Deferred income tax assets are recognised
for all deductible temporary differences,
carry-forward unused tax assets and unused
tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that
taxable profit will be available against which
the deductible temporary differences, and the
carry-forward of unused tax assets and unused
tax losses can be utilised:
The net amount of GST recoverable from, or
payable to, the taxation authority is included
as part of receivables or payables in the
consolidated statement of financial position.
Cash flows are included in the Statement of
Cash Flows on a gross basis and the GST
component of cash flows arising from investing
and financing activities, which is recoverable
from, or payable to, the taxation authority, is
classified as operating cash flow.
Commitments and contingencies are disclosed
net of the amount of GST recoverable from, or
payable to, the taxation authority.
(xxvi) EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share is calculated as net
profit attributable to members of the parent,
adjusted to exclude any costs of servicing
equity (other than dividends) divided by the
weighted average number of ordinary shares,
adjusted for any bonus element.
Diluted earnings per share is calculated as net
profit attributable to members of the parent,
adjusted for:
›
›
›
costs of servicing equity (other than
dividends);
the after tax effect of dividends and
interest associated with dilutive potential
ordinary shares that have been recognised
as expenses; and
other non-discretionary changes in revenues or
expenses during the period that would result
from the dilution of potential ordinary shares,
divided by the weighted average number of
ordinary shares and dilutive potential ordinary
shares, adjusted for any bonus element.
(xxvii) CONTRIBUTED EQUITY
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue
of new shares or options are shown in equity as
a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.
(xxviii) BORROWING COSTS
Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense
when incurred, except borrowing costs that are
capitalised for acquisition of qualifying assets.
›
›
except where the deferred income tax
asset relating to the deductible temporary
difference arises from the initial recognition
of an asset or liability in a transaction that
is not a business combination and, at the
time of the transaction, affects neither the
accounting nor taxable profit or loss; and
in respect of deductible temporary
differences associated with investments in
subsidiaries, associates and interests in
joint ventures, deferred tax assets are only
recognised to the extent that it is probable
that the temporary differences will reverse
in the foreseeable future and taxable
profit will be available against which the
temporary differences can be utilised.
The carrying amount of deferred income tax
assets is reviewed at each reporting date
and reduced to the extent that it is no longer
probable that sufficient taxable profit will be
available to allow all or part of the deferred
income tax asset to be utilised.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are
measured at the tax rates that are expected to
apply to the year when the asset is realised or
the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax
laws) that have been enacted or substantively
enacted at the relevant reporting date.
Deferred tax assets and deferred liabilities are
offset only if a legally enforceable right exists
to set off current tax assets against current
tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and
liabilities relate to the same taxable entity and
the same taxation authority.
Income taxes relating to items recognised
directly in equity are recognised in equity
and not in the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income.
(xxv) OTHER TAXES
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised
net of the amount of GST except:
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
68
›
when the GST incurred on a purchase
of goods and services is not recoverable
from the taxation authority, in which case
the GST is recognised as part of the cost
of acquisition of the asset or as part of the
expense item as applicable; and
›
receivables and payables which are
stated with the amount of GST included.
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
3 SEGMENT INFORMATION
INDENTIFICATION OF REPORTABLE SEGMENTS
The Group has identified its operating segments based on the internal reports that are reviewed and used by the CEO (the chief operating decision
maker) in assessing performance and in determining allocation of resources.
The operating segments are identified by management based on the differences in the products and services provided. Discrete financial information
about each of these operating segments is reported to the CEO on at least a monthly basis.
The reportable segments are based on aggregated operating segments determined by the similarity of the products sold, as these are the sources of
the Group’s major risks and have the most effect on the rates of return.
SEGMENT PRODUCTS AND LOCATIONS
The economic entity predominantly operates in the industries indicated:
›
›
›
›
Food distribution activities comprise the distribution of grocery and tobacco supplies to retail outlets, convenience stores and hospitality outlets.
Liquor distribution activities comprise the distribution of liquor products to retail outlets and hotels.
Cash and Carry Distribution comprises the distribution of grocery and tobacco supplies via cash and carry warehouses.
Hardware distribution comprises the distribution of hardware supplies to retail outlets.
Geographically the group operates predominately in Australia.
The New Zealand operation represents less than 10% of revenue, results and assets of the consolidated entity.
SEGMENT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The selling price between segments is at normal selling price and is paid under similar terms and conditions as any other customers of the economic entity.
MAJOR CUSTOMERS
Metcash does not have a single external customer which represents greater than 10% of the entity’s revenue.
BUSINESS SEGMENTS
Segment Revenue
Sales to external customers
Inter-segment revenues
Total segment revenue
Segment profit before tax
FOOD DISTRIBUTION
2009
$'m
2010
$'m
CASH AND CARRY
DISTRIBUTION
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
LIQUOR DISTRIBUTION
2009
$'m
2010
$'m
HARDWARE
DISTRIBUTION
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
CONSOLIDATED
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
7,129.9
772.6
6,681.8
809.7
1,685.3
–
1,660.4
–
2,640.6
102.1
2,639.5
109.6
7,902.5
7,491.5
1,685.3
1,660.4
2,742.7
2,749.1
346.6
315.5
28.8
33.0
36.1
33.8
61.6
–
61.6
1.5
– 11,517.4
874.7
–
10,981.7
919.3
– 12,392.1
11,901.0
–
413.0
382.3
i) Segment revenue reconciliation to the statement of comprehensive income
Total segment revenue
Inter-segment revenues elimination
Rent
Interest from other person/corporation
Total revenue
ii) Segment profit before tax reconciliation to the statement of comprehensive income
Segment profit before tax
Net Finance Costs
Rent Income
Rent Expense
Share based payment expense
Termination of derivative financial instrument
Restructure of Campbells Cash and Carry branch network
Amortisation of customer relationships
Other
Total profit from continuing operations before income tax
2010
$'m
12,392.1
(874.7)
82.5
8.2
11,608.1
2010
$'m
413.0
(63.5)
82.5
(82.5)
(2.6)
–
(15.4)
(6.5)
5.0
330.0
2009
$'m
11,901.0
(919.3)
76.6
9.2
11,067.5
2009
$'m
382.3
(61.0)
76.6
(76.6)
(4.5)
(24.6)
–
(6.2)
4.7
290.7
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
69
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
2010
$'m
11,517.4
82.5
8.2
–
–
11,608.1
10,981.7
76.6
9.2
–
–
11,067.5
(0.3)
0.1
30.2
10.0
1.3
6.5
12.1
7.3
27.5
12.9
–
6.2
10.7
7.8
90.8
83.2
382.2
31.5
9.5
2.6
4.5
15.4
–
68.3
3.4
–
–
71.7
364.2
31.6
8.5
4.5
7.8
–
24.6
63.6
2.8
–
3.8
70.2
2009
$'m
–
–
–
183.6
207.2
390.8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4.5
–
–
–
–
–
–
199.1
177.3
376.4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2.6
–
–
–
–
–
174.7
–
174.7
–
–
202.7
–
202.7
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
4 REVENUE AND EXPENSES
(a) REVENUE
Sale of goods
Rent
Interest from other person/corporation
Dividend income
Management fees
(b) Other income
Net (loss)/profit from disposal of property, plant and equipment
(c) Other expenses
Depreciation/ Amortisation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of software and other intangibles
Loss from disposal of associate
Amortisation of customer relationships
Impairment of trade receivables
Inventories obsolescence provision
(d) Operating lease rental
Minimum lease payments
(e) Employee benefits expense
Wages and salaries
Defined contribution plan expense
Workers compensation costs
Share-based payments
Other employee benefits costs
(f) Significant items
Restructure of Campbells Wholesale Branch Network to close 8 warehouses.
Termination of derivative financial instrument
(g) Finance costs
Interest expense
Deferred Borrowing costs
Interest expense – related party
Fair value loss on derivative financial instrument
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
70
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
5 INCOME TAX
The major components of income tax expense are:
Current income tax
Current income tax charge
Adjustments in respect of current income tax of previous years
Deferred income tax relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences
Income tax expense reported in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
A reconciliation between tax expense and the product of accounting profit before income tax multiplied
by the Group’s applicable income tax rate is as follows:
Accounting profit before income tax
At the Group’s statutory income tax rate of 30% (2009: 30%)
Expenditure not allowable for income tax purposes
Income not assessable for income tax purposes
Adjustments in respect of current income tax of previous years
Income tax expense reported in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
at an effective tax rate of 30% (2009: 30%)
Deferred income tax
Deferred income tax of the Metcash Group at 30 April relates to the following:
Deferred tax liabilities
Deferred expenditure
Intangibles
Other receivables
Set off of deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets
Accelerated depreciation for accounting purposes
Provisions
Project Costs
Other
Unutilised Tax Losses
Set off of deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax income expense
Recognised net deferred tax assets
Opening Balance
Charged to Income Statement
Charged to Equity
Acquisitions / Disposals
Closing Balance
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
105.1
(0.3)
(5.1)
99.7
330.0
99.0
1.0
–
(0.3)
84.9
(1.3)
3.9
87.5
290.7
87.2
1.6
–
(1.3)
–
–
–
–
199.1
59.7
0.8
(60.5)
–
–
–
–
–
183.6
55.1
1.4
(56.5)
–
99.7
87.5
–
–
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
OF FINANCIAL POSITION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
1.7
2.2
(2.6)
(5.7)
(4.3)
3.1
0.5
(1.1)
1.3
(1.2)
(0.1)
(2.4)
4.3
3.1
–
–
(5.1)
3.9
7.3
46.6
–
(53.9)
–
4.4
61.1
–
12.4
3.2
(53.9)
27.2
16.2
5.1
–
5.9
27.2
5.6
41.4
2.6
(49.6)
–
–
50.4
3.1
12.3
–
(49.6)
16.2
20.1
(3.9)
–
–
16.2
At 30 April 2010, there is no recognised or unrecognised deferred income tax liability (2009: $nil) for taxes that would be payable on the
unremitted earnings of certain of the Group’s subsidiaries and associates as the Group has no liability for additional taxation should these earnings
be remitted.
The Group has unrecognised capital losses in Australia of $22 million that are available indefinitely for offset against future capital gains.
TAX CONSOLIDATION
Metcash Limited and its 100% owned Australian resident subsidiaries have formed a tax consolidated group with effect from 1 July 2005. Metcash
Limited is the head entity of the tax consolidated group. Members of the group have entered into a tax sharing arrangement in order to allocate
income tax expense to the wholly owned subsidiaries on a modified stand alone basis. In addition the agreement will provide for the allocation of
income tax liabilities between the entities should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations.
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
71
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
5 INCOME TAX (CONTINUED)
TAX EFFECT ACCOUNTING BY MEMBERS OF THE TAX CONSOLIDATED GROUP
Members of the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax funding agreement. The tax funding agreement provides for the allocation of current
taxes to members of the tax consolidated group in accordance with a group allocation method using modified stand alone tax calculation as the
basis for allocation. Deferred taxes or members of the tax consolidated group are measured and recognised in accordance with the principles of
AASB 112 Income Taxes.
Under the tax funding agreement, funding is based upon the amounts allocated and recognised by the member entities. Accordingly, funding results
in an increase/decrease in the subsidiaries’ intercompany accounts with the tax consolidated group head company, Metcash Limited.
In preparing the accounts for Metcash Limited for the current year, the following amounts have been recognised as tax-consolidation contribution
adjustments:
Total (decrease)/increase to inter-company assets of Metcash Limited
6 DIVIDENDS PAID AND PROPOSED
METCASH LIMITED
2010
$'m
1.6
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
(a) Dividends paid on ordinary shares during the year
(i)
(ii)
Final franked dividend for 2009: 14.0c (2008: 12.0c)
Interim franked dividend for 2010: 11.0c (2009: 10.0c)
Dividends declared (not recognised as a liability as at 30 April 2010)
Franked dividends for 2010: 15.0c per share (2009: 14.0c)
2010
$'m
107.1
84.2
191.3
114.8
2009
$'m
91.8
76.5
168.3
107.1
(b) Franking credit balance
The amount of franking credits available for the subsequent financial year are:
–
–
The amount of franking credits available for future reporting period:
–
franking account balance as at the end of the financial year at 30% (2009: 30%)
franking credits that will arise from the payment of income tax payable as at the end of the financial year
amount of franking credit of dividends declared but not recognised as distribution to shareholders during the period
2010
$'m
107.1
84.2
191.3
114.8
97.0
21.8
(49.2)
69.6
2009
$'m
52.1
2009
$'m
91.8
76.5
168.3
107.1
83.6
16.3
(45.9)
54.0
(c) Tax rates
The tax rate at which paid dividends have been franked is 30% (2009: 30%).
Dividends declared have been franked at the rate of 30% (2009: 30%).
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
72
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
7 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash at bank and on hand
(a) Reconciliation of net profit after tax to net
cash flows from operations
Net profit
Adjustments for:
Depreciation
Amortisation
Net (profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Share of associates’ net profit
Dividends received from associates
Termination of derivative financial instrument
Deferred borrowing costs
Share based payments
Net loss on disposal of associate
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of the effects of purchase and disposal of subsidiaries
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
(Increase)/decrease in other current assets
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
(Increase)/decrease in deferred tax assets
(Decrease)/increase in payables and provisions
(Decrease)/increase in tax payable
(Decrease)/increase in derivative financial instruments
Net cash from operating activities
(b) Non-cash financing and investing activities
Acquisition of assets by means of finance lease
Capitalisation of debtor to investment in associate
8 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (CURRENT)
Trade receivables – Securitised (i) (ii)
Trade receivables – Non-securitised (ii)
Allowance for impairment loss
Customer loans (iii)
Marketing Debtors (iv)
Other receivables (iv)
Related party receivables: (v)
wholly owned subsidiaries
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
2010
$'m
210.6
210.6
2009
$'m
148.6
148.6
2010
$'m
–
–
2009
$'m
–
–
230.3
203.2
199.1
183.6
30.2
16.5
0.3
(0.3)
2.0
–
3.4
2.6
1.3
37.0
1.5
(38.0)
(5.1)
9.7
3.3
–
294.7
3.2
7.1
689.3
198.7
(24.4)
863.6
34.8
39.4
70.2
–
1,008.0
27.5
19.1
(0.1)
(1.9)
1.3
24.6
2.8
4.5
–
(6.4)
(1.0)
(103.0)
4.0
17.0
52.7
3.8
248.1
7.5
1.8
735.6
106.2
(22.8)
819.0
38.6
38.0
72.1
–
967.7
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2.6
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4.5
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
201.7
188.1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1,314.4
1,314.4
1,125.3
1,125.3
(i) The economic entity has securitised certain trade receivables from 5 April 2007 by way of granting an equitable interest over those receivables
to a special purpose trust managed by a major Australian bank. The terms of the securitisation require, as added security, that at any time
the book value of the securitised receivables must exceed by at least a certain proportional amount, the funds provided by the trust to the
economic entity as a consequence of securitisation. At the end of the financial year (refer to note 17iii) trade receivables of $689.3 million
(2009: $735.6 million) had been securitised as disclosed above, with $240.0 million (2009: $125.0 million) of funds received. The resultant
security margin exceeded the minimum required at that date.
(ii) Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and terms vary by business unit. At 30 April 2010, 95.2% of trade receivables are required to
be settled within 30 days and 4.8% of trade receivables have terms extending from 30 days to 84 days. The amount of the allowance/
impairment loss has been measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the trade receivables and the estimated future cash flows
expected to be received from the relevant debtors.
(iii) Customer loans receivable are current and have repayment terms of less than 12 months. $4.0 million (2009: $17.0 million) of loans are
non-interest-bearing. $30.8 million (2009: $21.6) of loans have a weighted average annual interest of 8.13% (2009: 7.66%).
(iv) Marketing Debtors and other receivables are non-interest bearing and have repayment terms of less than 12 months.
(v) For terms and conditions relating to related party receivables refer to note 24. Amounts receivable from related parties are neither past due
nor impaired. These receivables are non-interest bearing. The credit quality of these receivables is good. The amount of these receivable is
considered to be recoverable in full.
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
73
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
8 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (CURRENT) (CONTINUED)
IMPAIRED TRADE RECEIVABLES
During the year ended 30 April, 2010 receivables to the value of $19.2 million (2009: $5.5 million) were considered non-recoverable and
written off. As at 30 April, 2010 trade receivables with a notional value of $24.4 million (2009: $22.8 million) were provided for as impaired.
Movement in the allowance for impairment loss:
At 1 May
Charge for the year
Accounts written off as non recoverable
Amounts reclassified from other payables
Increase due to business acquisition
Closing balance
DEBTORS AGEING
METCASH GROUP
2010
$'m
(22.8)
(12.1)
19.2
–
(8.7)
(24.4)
As at 30 April 2010, the analysis of trade receivables for the Metcash Group that were past due but not impaired is as follows:
2010
2009
NEITHER PAST DUE
OR IMPAIRED
$’m
LESS THAN
30 DAYS
OVERDUE
$’m
MORE THAN
30 LESS
THAN 60
$’m
MORE THAN
60 LESS
THAN 90
$’m
MORE THAN
90 LESS
THAN 120
$’m
MORE
THAN 120
$'m
723.7
83.8%
661.2
80.7%
98.2
11.4%
108.3
13.2%
9.6
1.1%
12.6
1.5%
4.2
0.5%
7.3
0.9%
4.1
0.5%
7.3
0.9%
23.8
2.8%
22.3
2.7%
The credit quality of the unimpaired trade receivables is good. Metcash believes that the above trade receivables will be fully recovered.
CUSTOMER LOANS AGEING
As at 30 April 2010, the analysis of customer loans receivable for the Metcash Group that were past due but not impaired is as follows:
2010
2009
NEITHER PAST DUE
OR IMPAIRED
$’m
LESS THAN
30 DAYS
OVERDUE
$’m
MORE THAN
30 LESS
THAN 60
$’m
MORE THAN
60 LESS
THAN 90
$’m
MORE THAN
90 LESS
THAN 120
$’m
72.5
78.5%
34.5
49.6%
0.5
0.5%
2.3
3.3%
0.6
0.6%
2.2
3.2%
1.5
1.6%
2.1
3.0%
0.4
0.4%
1.8
2.6%
MORE
THAN 120
$'m
16.9
18.4%
26.6
38.3%
2009
$'m
(12.9)
(10.7)
5.5
(4.7)
–
(22.8)
TOTAL
$’m
863.6
100.0%
819.0
100.0%
TOTAL
$’m
92.4
100.0%
69.5
100.0%
In 2010, the terms of the debts of the Walters group of companies were renegotiated. As a result, $33.1m in existing loans and trade debts were
consolidated and rolled over into new loans with a term of 7 years. The loans have been offered on commercial terms.
The credit quality of the customer loans is good. As these amounts do not contain impaired assets Metcash believes that the above receivables will
be fully recovered.
OTHER RECEIVABLES AGEING
As at 30 April 2010, the analysis of other receivables for the Metcash Group that were past due but not impaired is as follows:
2010
2009
NEITHER PAST DUE
OR IMPAIRED
$’m
LESS THAN
30 DAYS
OVERDUE
$’m
MORE THAN
30 LESS
THAN 60
$’m
MORE THAN
60 LESS
THAN 90
$’m
MORE THAN
90 LESS
THAN 120
$’m
MORE
THAN 120
$'m
110.4
94.0%
110.6
92.7%
4.7
4.0%
6.4
5.4%
1.1
0.9%
1.4
1.2%
0.9
0.8%
0.2
0.2%
0.0
0.0%
0.4
0.3%
0.3
0.3%
0.3
0.3%
TOTAL
$’m
117.4
100.0%
119.3
100.0%
The credit quality of the unimpaired other receivables is good. Metcash believes that all the above other receivables will be fully recovered.
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
74
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
8 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (CURRENT) (CONTINUED)
CUSTOMER LOAN SECURITY
As at balance date, Metcash provided loans to a number of customers. The outstanding loan balance can be summarised as follows:
Current loans
Non Current loans
METCASH GROUP
2010
$'m
34.8
57.6
92.4
2009
$'m
38.6
30.9
69.5
For certain loans, customers are required to provide security in the event of default. These may include bank guarantees, fixed and floating charges
and security over property assets. The fair value of these securities as at 30 April 2010 was $27.1 million (2009: $25.2 million)
9 INVENTORIES
Finished goods (at net realisable value)
Total inventories at the lower of cost and
net realisable value
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
2010
$'m
747.2
747.2
2009
$'m
680.5
680.5
2010
$'m
–
–
2009
$'m
–
–
Inventory write-downs recognised as an expense totalled $7.3 million (2009: $7.8 million) for the Group and $nil (2009: $nil) for the Company.
The expense is included in the cost of sales line item as a cost of inventory.
10 RECEIVABLES (NON-CURRENT)
Customer loans (i)
Other receivables (ii)
Total
57.6
7.8
65.4
30.9
9.2
40.1
–
–
–
–
–
–
(i) Customer loans receivable are non-current and have repayment terms of greater than 12 months. $7.3 million (2009: $6.0 million) of loans
are non-interest bearing. $50.3 million (2009: $24.9 million) of loans have a weighted average annual interest rate of 8.99% (2009:
7.66%). Refer to Note 8 for ageing analysis and credit quality.
(ii) Other receivables are non-interest-bearing and have repayment terms greater than 12 months. These receivables are all neither past due nor
impaired. Refer Note 8 for ageing analysis and credit quality.
FAIR VALUES
The fair value and carrying values of non-current receivables of the Metcash Group are as follows:
Customer loans
Other receivables
Total
CARRYING
AMOUNT
2010
$'m
57.6
7.8
65.4
CARRYING
AMOUNT
2009
$'m
30.9
9.2
40.1
FAIR VALUE
2010
$'m
FAIR VALUE
2009
$'m
58.8
7.8
66.6
32.0
9.2
41.2
The fair values are based on cash flows discounted at a rate reflecting current market rates adjusted for counter party credit risk.
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
75
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
11 INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES
Investments in associates
Interest in associates
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
2010
$'m
94.8
2009
$'m
84.1
2010
$'m
–
OWNERSHIP INTEREST
PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
BALANCE DATE
Produce Traders Trust (i)
Abacus Independent Retail Property Trust
Ritchies Stores Pty Ltd
BMS Retail Group Pty Ltd
Dramet Pty Ltd
Coco’s Fresh Food Markets (i)
Dart Trading Co Pty Ltd
Bamlane Pty Ltd
Mundin Pty Ltd
G’Butt Pty ltd
Mussen Pty Ltd
Ully Pty Ltd
Adcome Pty Ltd
Metfood Pty Limited
Progressive Trading Pty Ltd (Progressive) (iii)
Sunshine Hardware Pty Ltd (ii)
Distribution of fruit and vegetables
Retail property investment
Grocery retailing
Grocery retailing
Grocery retailing
Grocery retailing
Grocery retailing
Grocery retailing
Grocery retailing
Grocery retailing
Grocery retailing
Grocery retailing
Grocery retailing
Negotiate to reduce costs for Metcash and Foodstuffs
Grocery retailing
Hardware retailing
30 June
30 June
30 June
30 June
30 June
30 June
30 June
30 June
30 June
30 June
30 June
30 June
30 June
30 April
30 June
30 June
2010
%
–
25.0
26.0
25.1
26.0
–
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
40.0
50.0
55.4
49.0
2009
$'m
–
2009
%
40.0
25.0
26.0
25.1
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
40.0
50.0
55.4
–
(i) Metcash acquired the remaining issued units of Produce Traders Trust, effective 1 July, 2009. On 17 December, 2009, Metcash divested its
interest in Coco’s Fresh Food Markets.
(ii) Metcash acquired a 49% interest in Sunshine Hardware Pty Ltd via its acquisition of Mitre 10.
(iii) Metcash has a direct ownership of 49.0% in Progressive, and an indirect ownership of 6.4% via the 25.1% interest in BMS Retail Group Pty
Ltd. Although the Group's total ownership interest in Progressive is greater than 50%, it is still considered to be an associate of the Group, as
Metcash Limited does not have the power to govern the financial and operating policies of Progressive.
The following table illustrates summarised financial information relating to the Group’s investment in associates.
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
Share of associates’ profit:
Profit/(loss) before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit after income tax
Share of associates’ Consolidated Statement of Financial Position:
Current assets
Non - current assets
Total Assets
Current liabilities
Non - current liabilities
76
Total Liabilities
Net assets
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
METCASH GROUP
2010
$'m
0.4
(0.1)
0.3
61.6
134.4
196.0
(82.7)
(55.8)
(138.5)
57.5
2009
$'m
2.8
(0.9)
1.9
60.0
127.4
187.4
(81.7)
(50.4)
(132.1)
55.3
12 OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS (NON-CURRENT)
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
Investment in shares (unlisted)
Investments in subsidiaries
13 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
METCASH GROUP
LAND AND
BUILDINGS
$'m
PLANT AND
EQUIPMENT
$'m
50.6
2.9
11.9
–
(0.7)
112.8
39.4
8.7
(1.4)
(29.5)
Year ended 30 April 2010
At 1 May 2009,
net of accumulated depreciation and impairment
Additions
Acquisition from business combination (Refer Note 27)
Disposals
Depreciation charge for the year
At 30 April 2010,
2010
$'m
0.2
–
0.2
TOTAL
$'m
163.4
42.3
20.6
(1.4)
(30.2)
net of accumulated depreciation and impairment
64.7
130.0
194.7
At 1 May 2009,
Cost or fair value
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Net carrying amount
At 30 April 2010,
Cost or fair value
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Net carrying amount
Year ended 30 April 2009
At 1 May 2008,
net of accumulated depreciation and impairment
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation charge for the year
At 30 April 2009,
55.2
(4.6)
50.6
70.0
(5.3)
64.7
51.4
–
–
(0.8)
269.6
(156.8)
112.8
261.0
(131.0)
130.0
88.6
52.0
(1.1)
(26.7)
324.8
(161.4)
163.4
331.0
(136.3)
194.7
140.0
52.0
(1.1)
(27.5)
net of accumulated depreciation and impairment
50.6
112.8
163.4
At 1 May 2008,
Cost or fair value
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Net carrying amount
At 30 April 2009,
Cost or fair value
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Net carrying amount
55.8
(4.4)
51.4
55.2
(4.6)
50.6
236.6
(148.0)
88.6
269.6
(156.8)
112.8
292.4
(152.4)
140.0
324.8
(161.4)
163.4
2009
$'m
0.2
–
0.2
2010
$'m
–
4,616.1
4,616.1
METCASH LIMITED
LAND AND
BUILDINGS
$'m
PLANT AND
EQUIPMENT
$'m
2009
$'m
–
4,616.1
4,616.1
TOTAL
$'m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
77
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
The carrying value of plant and equipment held under finance leases and hire purchase contracts at 30 April 2010 is $18.8 million
(2009: $17.7 million).
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
14 INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
SOFTWARE
DEVELOPMENT
COSTS
$'m
CUSTOMER
CONTRACTS
$'m
GOODWILL
$'m
TRADE
NAMES
$'m
OTHER
$'m
TOTAL
$'m
TOTAL
$'m
45.7
27.2
–
(0.1)
(9.7)
137.9
15.0
9.9
–
(6.5)
993.6
–
39.2
–
–
–
–
27.2
–
–
2.9
–
–
–
(0.3)
1,180.1
42.2
76.3
(0.1)
(16.5)
63.1
156.3
1,032.8
27.2
2.6
1,282.0
150.2
(87.1)
63.1
183.9
(27.6)
156.3
1,032.8
–
1,032.8
27.2
–
27.2
3.0
(0.4)
2.6
1,397.1
(115.1)
1,282.0
46.2
12.4
–
(12.9)
138.8
5.2
–
(6.1)
931.1
0.2
62.3
–
–
–
–
–
–
3.0
–
(0.1)
1,116.1
20.8
62.3
(19.1)
45.7
137.9
993.6
–
2.9
1,180.1
153.3
(107.6)
45.7
159.0
(21.1)
137.9
993.6
–
993.6
–
–
–
3.0
(0.1)
2.9
1,308.9
(128.8)
1,180.1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Year ended 30 April 2010
At 1 May 2009
Net carrying amount
Additions
Acquisition from business combination (Refer Note 27)
Disposals
Amortisation
At 30 April 2010
Net carrying amount
At 30 April 2010
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net carrying amount
Year ended 30 April 2009
At 1 May 2008
Net carrying amount
Additions
Acquisition from business combination (Refer Note 27)
Amortisation
At 30 April 2009
Net carrying amount
At 1 May 2008
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net carrying amount
(a) DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUPS INTANGIBLE ASSETS & GOODWILL
Software development costs
Development costs have been capitalised at cost and are amortised using the straight-line method over the asset’s useful economic life which has
been assessed as five years. Software development costs are tested for impairment where an indicator of impairment exists. Useful lives are also
estimated on an annual basis and adjustments, where applicable, are made on a prospective basis.
Customer Contracts
Customer contracts are acquired either through business combinations or through direct acquisition of contractual relationships. The carrying amount
represents the costs less accumulated amortisation. Customer contracts are amortised over a 25 year period. The amortisation has been recognised
in the statement of comprehensive income in the line item "Administrative Costs". If an impairment indication arises, the recoverable amount is
estimated and an impairment loss is recognised to the extent that the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount. No impairment loss was
required to be recognised during the period.
During the period $9.9 million was converted from trade receivables to customer contracts as a result of the Cornetts acquisition of
Stephens Duggans Group.
Trade Names
Trade Names have been acquired through business combinations and are carried at cost less any impairment losses. These intangible assets have
been determined to have an indefinite useful life. Trade marks will be subjected to impairment testing on an annual basis or whenever there is an
indication of impairment. Due to the timing of the acquisition of these assets in the current year, no impairment test has been carried out.
Other
The company entered into an Alliance Agreement with Lenards Pty Ltd in 2009 to offer customers the opportunity to purchase products under
Lenards Franchise. The agreement fee will be amortised over 10 years, straight line. The intangible is carried at cost less accumulated amortisation.
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
78
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
14 INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL (CONTINUED)
(b) IMPAIRMENT TESTS FOR GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLES WITH INDEFINITE USEFUL LIVES
(i) Description of Cash Generating Units
Goodwill acquired through business combinations have been allocated to the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored
by management, being the four business pillars (IGA>D, CCC, ALM and Mitre 10), which are reportable segments. Under AIFRS, goodwill and
intangibles with indefinite lives have to be tested annually and when impairment indicators arise, provided the testing is done at the same time
each year. Management has elected to conduct the impairment testing in February 2010 for the 3 existing pillars at that date. The group of cash
generating units (CGU) used for impairment testing are as follows:
IGA Distribution, Campbells Wholesale and Australian Liquor Marketers.
The recoverable amount of the group of CGUs has been determined based on fair value less costs to sell calculation using cash flow projections
based on financial projections approved by senior management covering a five year period.
(ii) Key Assumptions used in valuations
The following describes the key assumptions on which management has based its cash flow projection:
Budgeted gross margins — These have been estimated based on utilisation of existing assets and on the average gross margins achieved
immediately before the budgeted year, increased for expected efficiency improvements.
Discount Rates — The weighted average cost of capital for the Group based on risk free rates of return, the company’s risk profile relative to the
market, the marginal cost of borrowing for the company, its average level of gearing and a market risk premium.
Future growth — Driven by population growth, estimated food inflation and changes in market share.
The pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flow projections is 12.67% (2009: 12.26%) and cash flows beyond the five year period are
extrapolated using a 2.5 % growth rate (2009: 2.5%) which is based on the historical population and applicable food inflation and liquor growth
rates for each group of CGUs.
(iii) Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
The table below summarises the Goodwill attributed to each group of CGUs and potential impairment trigger point at the impairment testing date of
February 2010:
GROUP OF CGUs
IGA Distribution
Campbells Wholesale
Australian Liquor Marketers
GOODWILL
$'m
DISCOUNT RATE AT WHICH IMPAIRMENT IS TRIGGERED
%
856.9
32.9
89.1
*
14.38%
13.88%
* Management believes that no reasonably possible change in any of the above key assumptions would cause the carrying value of the unit to
materially exceed its recoverable amount.
(iv) Trade Names Valuation
Trade Names were valued on acquisition of the Mitre 10 business and represent the value of the various Trade Marks registered to the Mitre 10
Group of companies. At the date of acquisition, the Trade Names were valued on a Relief from Royalty basis. The following represent the key
assumptions used:
Royalty Rate – An estimate based on similar royalty rates for similar types of franchising store formats in a similar industry from a global analysis.
Budgeted gross margins – These have been estimated based on utilisation of existing assets and on the average gross margins achieved
immediately before the budgeted year, increased for expected efficiency improvements.
Discount Rates – The weighted average cost of capital for the Mitre 10 Group based on risk free rates of return, the company’s risk profile
relative to the market, the marginal cost of borrowing for the company, its average level of gearing and a market risk premium.
Future growth – Driven by population growth, estimated inflation and changes in market share.
The trade name valuation was completed as at 25 March 2010. As such, Metcash does not consider that any indicators of impairment have arisen
between the date of valuation and balance date. The Trade Names will be subject to impairment testing in the 2011 financial year.
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
79
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
15 SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
SHARE-BASED PAYMENT PLANS
During the year no options were issued to Executive Directors (2009: 1,000,000 options), as disclosed in note 25 (b).
The following table illustrates the number of options and exercise prices and movements during the year ended 30 April 2010 and 30 April 2009:
Outstanding at the beginning of the year
Reinstated during the year
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Expired during the year
Outstanding at the end of the year
2010
NUMBER
2010
EXERCISE PRICE
2009
NUMBER
2009
EXERCISE PRICE
32,202,323
8,920
–
–
(340,000)
(415,668)
(1,220,551)
30,235,024
–
Various
–
–
2.430
3.925
Various
–
13,523,106
21,325
21,091,806
(38,000)
–
(57,770)
(2,338,144)
32,202,323
–
Various
4.267
1.870
2.430
3.925
Various
–
The outstanding balance as at 30 April 2010 is represented by:
›
›
›
3,800,000 options over ordinary shares with an exercise price of $4.0134 exercisable until 2 September 2011.
7,901,203 options over ordinary shares with an exercise price of $3.9251 exercisable until 2 September 2011.
18,533,821 options over ordinary shares with an exercise price of $4.267 exercisable until 7 February 2014.
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was nil (2009: $0.88).
The fair value of the equity-settled share options granted is estimated at the date of the grant using a binomial model taking into account the terms and
conditions upon which the options were granted.The following table lists the inputs to the model in the year ending 30 April 2010 and 30 April 2009:
Dividend yield (%)
Expected Volatility (%)
Risk free rate (%)
Expected Life of Options (years)
Option exercise price ($)
Weighted average share price ($)
2010
–
–
–
–
–
–
2009
5.0
23.9
6.7
6.0
4.3
4.2
EMPLOYEE SHARE OPTION PLAN (ESOP)
The Board may at such times as it determines issue invitations to eligible employees and hurdle participants to participate in the Employee Share
Option Plan. Eligibility is usually achieved after three months of employment.
The purpose of the scheme is to:
›
›
›
create a joint purpose of success between Metcash and its employees;
involve employees directly in the outcomes achieved by Metcash; and
add wealth for employees and other shareholders.
The exercise price of options is determined as the closing price on the Stock Exchange Automated Trading System (SEATS), excluding special
crossings, overnight sales and exchange traded option exercises of the shares on the grant date, or such other price as determined by the Board.
The vesting of options occurs as follows:
›
›
›
60% of the options issued to a participant become exercisable from the third anniversary of the grant date;
a further 20% become exercisable from the fourth anniversary of the grant date; and
the remaining 20% become exercisable from the fifth anniversary of the grant date.
Options must be exercised prior to the sixth anniversary of the grant date, at which time they expire.
Where an employee ceases to be employed by any Group Company the options issued to that participant will automatically lapse, except where
the employee has ceased to be an employee by reason of total and permanent disability, death, retirement and such other circumstances as the
Board may determine. In these circumstances, the Board may give its written approval to the Participant or their personal representative to exercise
the options during such further period as the Board may determine.
In addition, options will lapse on the winding up of the company or where the participant has acted fraudulently or dishonestly. An option may be
exercised immediately in the event of:
›
›
›
any party becoming entitled to acquire shares by way of a compulsory acquisition; or
a resolution being passed by the Company to which any party becomes or will become “entitled” to 100% of the issued shares; or
a participant’s employment being terminated by any Group Company at any time within the period of six months after any party who is not at
the grant date “entitled” to 50% or more of the shares becomes so entitled.
Exercise prices or option holdings will be pro-rated in the event of a bonus issue, rights issue or reorganization of the share capital of the Company.
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
80
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2009
$'m
–
–
–
–
–
–
3,019.7
3,019.7
16 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES (CURRENT)
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
Trade payables
Accrued GST/WET
Accrued marketing expenses
Accrued purchases and payroll expenses
Other payables
2010
$'m
1,110.1
42.2
49.3
78.9
13.9
1,294.4
2009
$'m
989.0
50.2
47.2
83.9
17.7
1,188.0
Trade and other payables are non-interest-bearing and are normally settled within 30-day terms.
(a) FAIR VALUE
Due to the short term nature of these payables, their carrying value is assumed to approximate their fair value.
17 INTEREST BEARING LOANS AND BORROWINGS
Current
Loans from subsidiaries (iv)
Finance lease obligation (i)
Non-current
Finance lease obligation (i)
Bank loans (ii)
Debt securitisation (iii)
Loans from subsidiaries (iv)
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
2010
$'m
–
7.8
7.8
16.4
493.0
240.0
–
749.4
2009
$'m
–
6.9
6.9
17.3
495.9
125.0
–
638.2
2010
$'m
3,194.3
–
3,194.3
–
–
–
–
–
(i) Finance leases have an average lease term of five years with the option to purchase the asset at the completion of the lease term for the asset’s
market value. The average discount rate implicit in the lease is 8.71% (2009: 8.14%). Secured lease liabilities are secured by a charge over
the leased asset.
(ii) Bank loans are a three year senior unsecured syndicated loan note subscription facility, which expires 12 May 2012. The bank loans are
covered by certain financial undertakings as follows:
The bank facility has three covenants that the Group must comply with, being a fixed charges cover ratio (Earnings Before Interest, Tax,
Depreciation, Amortisation and Rent (EBITDAR) divided by Total Net Interest plus Gross Rent Expense), senior leverage ratio (Total Group Debt
divided by Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA)) and minimum shareholders' funds (a fixed figure representing
the Group share capital and reserves). Interest payable on the facility is based on BBSY plus a margin and rollover is monthly. The applicable
margin is dependent upon an escalation matrix linked to the senior leverage ratio achieved.
(iii) The securitisation finance has no finite term and is not expected to be repaid in the ordinary course of business in the coming financial year.
The securitisation facility may be terminated by the trust manager at short notice in the event of an act of default, which includes the insolvency
of any of the individual companies securitising trade receivables, failure of the economic entity to remit funds when due, or a substantial
deterioration in the overdue proportion of the eligible receivables.
(iv) Post year end the loans from subsidiaries were renegoiated and are repayable on 12 October 2015, (from 12 October 2010) and attract a
variable interest rate. The interest rate at 30 April 2010 was 7.74% (2009: 3.91%).
The carrying amount of the Group’s current and non-current borrowings approximate their fair value.
(a) FAIR VALUE
The carrying amount of the Group’s current and non-current borrowings approximate their fair value.
(b) DEFAULTS OR BREACHES
During the current and prior years, there were no defaults or breaches on any of the loans.
(c) INTEREST RATE RISK AND LIQUIDITY RISK
Details regarding interest rate risk and liquidity risk is disclosed in Note 22.
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
81
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
18 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Current
Foreign currency forward contracts (i)
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
2010
$'m
0.6
0.6
2009
$'m
–
–
2010
$'m
–
–
2009
$'m
–
–
(i) Derivatives that are designated and effective as hedging instruments are carried at fair value.
19 PROVISIONS
Current
Employee entitlements
Rental subsidy (i)
Restructuring (ii)
Other
Non-current
Employee entitlements
Rental subsidy (i)
Other
Total
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
2010
$'m
77.5
6.8
14.8
0.7
99.8
30.0
31.7
–
61.7
161.5
2009
$'m
60.7
9.3
2.3
0.4
72.7
25.8
31.0
2.3
59.1
131.8
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
OTHER
$'m
2.7
0.8
(2.4)
(0.4)
0.7
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
TOTAL
$'m
45.3
17.9
(8.0)
(1.2)
54.0
(a) MOVEMENTS IN PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN EMPLOYEE ENTITLEMENTS)
1 May 2009
Arising during the year
Utilised
Unused amounts released
30 April 2010
METCASH GROUP
RENTAL SUBSIDY
$'m
RESTRUCTURING
$'m
40.3
1.7
(3.5)
–
38.5
2.3
15.4
(2.1)
(0.8)
14.8
Other provisions contain a number of insignificant balances, the costs of which are expected to be incurred within the next financial year.
(B) NATURE AND TIMING OF PROVISIONS
(i) Rental subsidy provision
From time to time, Metcash will enter into head lease arrangements on certain retail properties. These properties are typically sub leased to retail
customers on commercial terms and conditions. Where the head lease rental expense exceeds the sub lease rental income, a provision is raised for
the difference in rental streams for the period of the sub lease. These cash flow differentials are then discounted back to their present value using a
discount rate for an equivalent security of similar terms.
(ii) Restructure provision
Restructure of Campbells Wholesale Branch Network to close 8 warehouses. Costs provided include employee termination costs, inventory
markdowns, relocation costs and exit costs for leased premises.
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
82
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
20 OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Current
Lease incentives
Non-current
Lease incentives
21 CONTRIBUTED EQUITY AND RESERVES
(a) Ordinary shares:
Issued and fully paid
Movements in ordinary shares on issue
At 1 May
Issued during the year:
– Exercise of employee options –
38,000 ordinary shares at 187.0 cents per share
– Exercise of employee options –
57,770 ordinary shares at 392.5 cents per share
– Exercise of employee options –
415,668 ordinary shares at 392.5 cents per share
– Exercise of employee options –
340,000 ordinary shares at 243.0 cents per share
At 30 April
Movements in ordinary shares on issue
At 1 May
Issued during the year:
– Exercise of employee options –
38,000 ordinary shares at 187.0 cents per share
– Exercise of employee options –
57,770 ordinary shares at 392.5 cents per share
– Exercise of employee options –
415,668 ordinary shares at 392.5 cents per share
– Exercise of employee options –
340,000 ordinary shares at 243.0 cents per share
At 30 April
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
2010
$'m
0.2
0.2
1.9
1.9
2009
$'m
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
2010
2009
2010
2009
1,892.2
1,892.2
1,889.7
1,889.7
2,558.2
2,558.2
2,555.7
2,555.7
METCASH GROUP
2010
2009
NUMBER OF
SHARES
$'m
NUMBER OF
SHARES
$'m
764,888,363
1,889.7
764,792,593
1,889.4
–
–
415,668
340,000
–
–
1.7
0.8
38,000
57,770
–
–
0.1
0.2
–
–
765,644,031
1,892.2
764,888,363
1,889.7
METCASH LIMITED
2010
2009
NUMBER OF
SHARES
$'m
NUMBER OF
SHARES
$'m
764,888,363
2,555.7
764,792,593
2,555.4
–
–
415,668
340,000
–
–
1.7
0.8
38,000
57,770
–
–
0.1
0.2
–
–
765,644,031
2,558.2
764,888,363
2,555.7
(a) Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends.
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
83
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
21 CONTRIBUTED EQUITY AND RESERVES (CONTINUED)
RESERVES
At 1 May 2008
Currency translation differences
Share-based payments
At 30 April 2009
Currency translation differences
Share-based payments
Movement in fair value of derivatives
At 30 April 2010
METCASH GROUP
SHARE-
BASED
PAYMENTS
$'m
CAPITAL
PROFITS
$'m
CASH FLOW
HEDGE
RESERVE
$'m
FOREIGN
CURRENCY
TRANSLATION
$'m
12.6
–
4.5
17.1
–
2.6
–
19.7
12.8
–
–
12.8
–
–
–
12.8
–
–
–
–
–
–
(0.1)
(0.1)
(4.7)
(1.3)
–
(6.0)
(0.6)
–
–
(6.6)
METCASH LIMITED
SHARE-
BASED
PAYMENTS
$'m
TOTAL
$'m
12.4
–
4.5
16.9
–
2.6
–
19.5
12.4
–
4.5
16.9
–
2.6
–
19.5
TOTAL
$'m
20.7
(1.3)
4.5
23.9
(0.6)
2.6
(0.1)
25.8
NATURE AND PURPOSE OF RESERVES
Share-based payments reserve
This reserve is used to record the value of equity benefits provided to employees and directors as part of their remuneration. Refer to note 15 for
further details of these plans.
Capital profits reserve
The capital profits reserve is used to accumulate realised capital profits. The reserve can be used to pay dividends or issue bonus shares.
Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign
subsidiaries. It is also used to record the effect of hedging net investments in foreign operations.
Cash flow hedge reserve
This reserve records the portion of the unrealised gain or loss on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that is determined to be an
effective hedge.
RETAINED EARNINGS
At 1 May
Profit/(loss) for the period
Dividends
At 30 April
Other Equity
At 30 April
NATURE AND PURPOSE
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
2010
2009
2010
129.7
227.6
(191.3)
166.0
95.5
202.5
(168.3)
129.7
107.1
199.1
(191.3)
114.9
2009
91.8
183.6
(168.3)
107.1
(765.9)
(765.9)
–
–
The other equity account is used to record the reverse acquisition adjustment on application of AASB 3 Business Combinations in 2005.
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
84
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
22 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (GROUP AND COMPANY)
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise bank loans and overdrafts, finance and operating leases, cash and short-term deposits
and derivatives.
The main purpose of these instruments is to raise finance for the Group’s operations. The Group has various other financial assets and liabilities such
as trade receivables and payables, which arise directly from its operations.
The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks including interest rate and credit risks in accordance with the Group’s financial risk
management policy. The objective of the policy is to support delivery of the Group’s financial targets while protecting future financial security.
The Group enters into a small number of derivative transactions from time to time principally to manage interest rate and foreign currency risks
arising from the Group’s operations and its sources of finance.
The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are cash flow interest rate risk and credit risk. The Board reviews and agrees policies for
managing each of these risks and they are detailed below.
Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the basis on
which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial instrument, financial liability and equity instrument are disclosed in
Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
RISK EXPOSURES AND LIQUIDITY RISK EXPOSURES
Interest rate risk
The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s long-term debt obligations with a floating
interest rate.
The Group enters into interest rate derivatives designated to limit the Group’s exposure to volatility in interest payments from time to time.
As at 30 April 2010, the Group has no interest rate derivative financial instruments.
On 9 June 2010, the Group entered into a number of Interest Rate Swap contracts with various major Australian Banks. The principal hedged is
$300,000,000 with a weighted hedge maturity of 2 years and a weighted average interest rate of 5.059%. The Group considers that these
derivatives will be effective hedges in accordance with AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and will be accounted for
as a cash flow hedge in accordance with the Company's stated accounting policies.
The consolidated entity exposure to interest rate risk and the effective rates of financial assets and liabilities, both recognised and unrecognised at
balance date, are as follows:
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
OVER 1 TO 5 YEARS
MORE THAN 5 YEARS
TOTAL CARRYING AMOUNT
PER THE CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL
POSITION
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
WEIGHTED AVERAGE
EFFECTIVE INTEREST RATE
2009
%
2010
%
1 YEAR OR LESS
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
(i) Financial assets
Fixed rate
Trade and other receivables
Floating rate
Cash
Total financial assets
(ii) Financial liabilities
Fixed rate
Finance lease liability*
Weighted average interest rate
Floating rate
Bank and other loans**
Non-interest bearing
Trade and other payables
Total financial liabilities
30.8
21.6
33.1
30.9
17.2
210.6
241.4
148.6
170.2
–
33.1
–
30.9
7.8
6.9
8.79%
8.19%
16.4
8.67%
17.1
8.13%
–
–
733.0
620.9
1,294.4
1,188.0
–
–
1,302.2
1,194.9
749.4
638.0
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.2
81.1
52.5
8.66
7.66
210.6
291.7
148.6
201.1
4.25
3.00
–
–
24.2
–
24.2
–
8.71
8.14
–
–
–
733.0
620.9
6.45
4.02
0.00%
6.42%
–
0.2
1,294.4
1,188.0
2,051.6
1,833.1
–
–
–
–
85
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
* Finance leases have an average lease term of five years with the option to purchase the asset at the completion of the lease term for the asset’s
market value. The average discount rate implicit in the lease is 8.71% (2009: 8.14%). Secured lease liabilities are secured by a charge over
the leased asset.
** Refer to Note 17 for details of Bank and Other Loans
At the reporting date, the carrying value of all financial assets and liabilities approximate their net fair values.
The other financial instruments of the Group and parent that are not included in the above tables are non-interest-bearing and are therefore not
subject to interest rate risk.
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
22 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Sensitivity Analysis
The Group constantly analyses its interest rate exposure. Within this analysis, consideration is given to potential renewal of existing positions,
alternative financing, alternative hedging positions and the mix of fixed and floating interest rates.
The table below shows the effect on post tax profit and other comprehensive income at balance date if interest rates had moved by 0.5% higher or
0.25% lower. These movements have been selected as they are considered reasonable, giving the current economic climate and the current levels
of short and long term Australian interest rates. It is assumed within this calculation that all other variables have been held constant and that the
borrowings are in Australian dollars. It also includes the impact any interest rate derivatives that the company may have in place.
If interest rates were to increase by 0.50% (50 basis points)
profit after tax (PAT) would increase/(decrease) by:
If interest rates were to decrease by 0.25% (25 basis points)
profit after tax (PAT) would increase/(decrease) by:
METCASH GROUP
PROFIT AFTER TAX HIGHER/(LOWER)
METCASH LIMITED
PROFIT AFTER TAX HIGHER/(LOWER)
2010
$'m
(3.7)
1.9
2009
$'m
(3.1)
1.6
2010
$'m
–
–
2009
M
–
–
The movements in profit are due to higher/lower interest costs from variable rate banking and other loans.
LIQUIDITY RISK AND FUNDING MANAGEMENT
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will be unable to meet its payment obligations when they fall due under normal and stress circumstances. To
limit this risk, management manages assets with liquidity in mind, and monitors future cash flows and liquidity on a daily basis. The Group has two
independent sources of debt funding of which at 30 April 2010, 60.9% have been utilised.
Remaining contractual maturities
Remaining contractual liabilities consist of non-interest bearing liabilities amounting to $1,294.4 million for the Group and nil for the Parent and are
due one year or less.
Maturity analysis of financial assets and liabilities based on contracted date
The risk implied from the values shown in the table below reflects a balanced view of cash inflows and outflows. Leasing obligations, trade
payables and other financial liabilities mainly originate from the financing of assets used in our ongoing operations such as property, plant,
equipment and investments in working capital such as inventories and trade receivables. These assets are considered in the Group's overall liquidity
risk. The following table reflects the contracted date of settlement of financial assets and liabilities. This is also the expected date of settlement.
METCASH GROUP
1 YEAR
OR LESS
$'m
1-5 YEARS
$'m
MORE THAN
5 YEARS
$'m
210.6
1,008.0
–
1,218.6
1,294.4
9.6
47.6
–
1,351.6
–
65.4
–
65.4
–
18.6
792.5
–
811.1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
METCASH LIMITED
1 YEAR
OR LESS
$'m
1-5 YEARS
$'m
MORE THAN
5 YEARS
$'m
TOTAL
$'m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
3,301.5
3,301.5
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
3,301.5
3,301.5
TOTAL
$'m
210.6
1,073.4
–
1,284.0
1,294.4
28.2
840.1
–
2,162.7
YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2010
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Finance lease liability
Bank and other loans
Loans from subsidiaries
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
86
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
22 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2009
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Finance lease liability
Bank and other loans
Loans from subsidiaries
METCASH GROUP
1 YEAR
OR LESS
$'m
1–5 YEARS
$'m
MORE THAN
5 YEARS
$'m
148.6
967.7
–
1,116.3
1,188.0
8.6
41.4
–
1,238.0
–
28.1
–
28.1
–
18.0
640.5
–
658.5
–
2.9
–
2.9
–
1.8
–
–
1.8
TOTAL
$'m
148.6
998.7
–
1,147.3
1,188.0
28.4
681.9
–
1,898.3
METCASH LIMITED
1 YEAR
OR LESS
$'m
1–5 YEARS
$'m
MORE THAN
5 YEARS
$'m
TOTAL
$'m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
3,193.2
3,193.2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
3,193.2
3,193.2
Interest due on loans from subsidiaries will not be settled, but rolled into the principal each year. Management expects these loans to not be settled
before 12 October 2015, at which point the amount due will be $3,301.5 million
The Group monitors forecasts of liquidity reserves on the basis of expected cash flow.
At balance date, the Group had unused credit facilities available for its immediate use as follows:
Senior facility*
Bills
Overdraft/Guarantees
Cash and cash equivalents
TOTAL FACILITY
$'m
DEBT USAGE
$'m
700.0
400.0
150.0
1,250.0
–
1,250.0
500.0
240.0
21.9
761.9
–
761.9
CASH
$'m
–
–
–
–
210.6
210.6
* During the period the senior facility loans were extended for an additional three years, which expires 12 May 2012.
Derivative financial liabilities
The table below details the liquidity risk arising from derivative liabilities held by the Group at the reporting date
METCASH GROUP
Year ended 30 April 2010
Derivative liabilities – net settled
Derivative liabilities – gross settled
– Inflows
– Outflows
Net maturity
1–6 MTHS
$'m
6–12 MTHS
$'m
1–5 YEARS
$'m
>5 YEARS
$'m
–
8.9
–
–
8.9
–
1.3
–
–
1.3
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
FACILITY
AVAILABLE
$'m
200.0
160.0
128.1
488.1
210.6
698.7
TOTAL
$'m
–
10.2
–
–
10.2
The Group held no derivatives at 30 April 2009. The Company held no derivatives at either 30 April 2009 or 30 April 2010.
Gross settled derivatives comprise forward exchange contracts that are used to hedge anticipated purchase commitments.
CREDIT RISK
The Group trades with a large number of customers across the business operations and it is Group policy that all customers who wish to trade on
credit terms are subject to credit verification procedures. In addition, where a loan has been provided, the Group will seek to take security over
certain assets of the customer wherever possible.
The management of the receivables balance is key in the minimisation of the potential bad debt exposure to the company. Receivables balances
are monitored on an ongoing basis and a formal review of all balances occurs every 6 months and where necessary appropriate provisions
are established.
As identified in note 8 (Trade and Other Receivables), the current level of impairment provision represents less than 2.8% of the receivables balance,
indicating that the balances are actively and effectively managed.
There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group.
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
87
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
22 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK
The Group's exposure to foreign exchange fluctuations is minimal. The Operations denominated in New Zealand dollars represent less than 5% of
total sales and total profit after tax.
In addition, the Group undertakes some foreign currency transactions in the purchases of goods and services. The Group enters into forward
foreign exchange contracts and foreign currency options to manage the risk associated with anticipated purchase commitments denominated in
foreign currencies.
The amount of foreign exchange cover is based on anticipated future purchases in light of current conditions in foreign markets, commitments from
customers and experience.
PRICE RISK
The Metcash Group purchases energy in the form of electricity, petrol and oil, LPG and water from various sources. These costs represent less than
5% of combined Distribution and Administrative expenses. The group enters into periodic contracts for supply of these products via third party tender.
No derivative price instruments are used to manage price risk associated with these commodities as the Group’s exposure to commodity and equity
security price risk is minimal.
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The Board’s intention is to return earnings to shareholders while retaining adequate funds within the business to reinvest in future growth
opportunities. A minimum payout ratio of 60% of reported Earnings Per Share has been set by the Board. A Dividend Reinvestment Plan is in
existence and is currently suspended as the Board considers the Company has sufficient Capital and is generating sufficient cash flow to pay
dividends as and when they fall due. The plan is able to be reinstituted at any time.
The Group provides benefits to employees (including executive directors) of the Group in the form of share-based payment transactions, whereby
employees render services in exchange for shares or rights over shares (equity-settled transactions). The Group provides benefits to executive
directors, senior executives and its employees in the form of the Employee Share Option Plan (ESOP). Details are disclosed in note15.
Management and the Board remain focused on seeking growth opportunities, both organic and via acquisition.
The Board and Management set out to achieve and maintain Consolidated Statement of Financial Position ratios that would satisfy an investment
grade rating. Certain Consolidated Statement of Financial Position ratios are imposed by the Syndicated Debt Facility. The nature and calculation of
these ratios are not disclosed due to commercial sensitivity.
Management monitors capital through the gearing ratio (debt / total capital). The gearing ratios at 30 April 2010 and 2009 were 35.5% and
33.5% respectively. This is within an acceptable target range.
FAIR VALUE
The Group uses various methods in estimating the fair value of a financial instrument. The different methods have been defined as follows:
* Level 1: the fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets.
* Level 2: the fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either
directly (as prices ) or indirectly (derived from prices)
* Level 3: the fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method:
YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2010
Available for sale financial assets
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets held for trading
Derivative financial assets
Derivative financial liabilities
LEVEL 1
$'m
LEVEL 2
$'m
LEVEL 3
$'m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.6
0.6
–
–
–
–
–
–
TOTAL
$'m
–
–
–
–
0.6
0.6
The Directors consider that the carrying amount of the financial assets and liabilities recorded in the financial statements approximates their fair value
as at the reporting date.
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
88
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
23 COMMITMENTS
(a) OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS
The Group has entered into commercial leases on certain forklifts, land and buildings. These leases have an average lease term of five years and
an implicit interest rate of 8.67%. Contingent rentals are payable to reflect movements in the Consumer Price Index on certain leases and to reflect
the turnover of certain stores occupying the land and buildings. Future minimum rentals payable under non–cancellable operating leases as at
30 April are as follows:
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
Within 1 year
After 1 year but not more than 5 years
More than 5 years
2010
$'m
148.7
481.2
449.9
2009
$'m
138.1
455.6
447.8
Aggregate lease expenditure contracted for at reporting date
1,079.8
1,041.5
2010
$'m
–
–
–
–
2009
$'m
–
–
–
–
(b) OPERATING LEASE RECEIVABLES
Certain properties under operating lease have been sublet to third parties. These leases have an average lease term of five years and an implicit
interest rate of 8.67%. The future lease payments expected to be received at the reporting date are:
Within 1 year
After 1 year but not more than 5 years
More than 5 years
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
2010
$'m
58.5
201.3
233.1
492.9
2009
$'m
62.3
199.2
264.0
525.5
2010
$'m
–
–
–
–
2009
$'m
–
–
–
–
(c) FINANCE LEASE COMMITMENTS
The Group has finance leases for various items of vehicles and equipment. The weighted average interest rate impact in the leases is 8.71%
(2009: 8.14%). The parent company has no finance lease commitments. Future minimum lease payments under finance leases together with the
present value of the net minimum lease payments for the Group are as follows:
Within 1 year
After 1 year but not more than 5 years
More than 5 years
Less amounts representing finance charges
Present value of minimum lease payments
FUTURE MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS
PRESENT VALUE OF
MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS
2010
$'m
9.6
18.6
–
28.2
(4.0)
24.2
2009
$'m
8.6
18.0
1.8
28.4
(4.2)
24.2
2010
$'m
7.8
16.4
–
24.2
–
24.2
2009
$'m
8.7
15.3
0.2
24.2
–
24.2
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
89
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
24 RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURE
(a) SUBSIDIARIES
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Metcash Limited and the subsidiaries listed in the following table.
NAME
PERCENTAGE OF EQUITY
INTEREST HELD BY THE
CONSOLIDATED ENTITY
2009
%
2010
%
NAME
COUNTRY OF
INCORPORATION
PERCENTAGE OF EQUITY
INTEREST HELD BY THE
CONSOLIDATED ENTITY
2009
%
2010
%
COUNTRY OF
INCORPORATION
A.C.N. 131 933 376 Pty Ltd
Action Holdco Pty Limited
Action Holdings Pty Ltd (i)
Action Projects Proprietary Limited
Action Supermarkets Pty Ltd (i)
Amalgamated Confectionery Wholesalers Pty. Ltd. (i)
Arrow Pty Limited
Australian Asia Pacific Wholesalers Pty Ltd
Australian Liquor Marketers (QLD) Pty Ltd (i)
Australian Liquor Marketers (WA) Pty Ltd (i)
Australian Liquor Marketers Pty. Limited (i)
Blue Lake Exporters Pty Ltd
Bofeme Pty Ltd
Campbells Cash and Carry Pty. Limited (i)
Casuarina Village Shopping Centre Pty. Ltd.
City Ice and Cold Storage Company Proprietary Limited
Clancy’s Food Stores Pty Limited
Composite Buyers Finance Pty. Ltd.
Composite Buyers Pty Limited
Composite Pty. Ltd.
Davids Food Services Pty Ltd
Davids Group Staff Superannuation Fund Pty. Ltd.
Denham Bros. Pty Limited
Drumstar V2 Pty Ltd
FAL Properties Pty. Ltd.
FAL Share Plan Nominees Pty Ltd
FAL Superannuation Fund Pty Ltd
Five Star Wholesalers Pty. Ltd.
Foodchain Holdings Pty Ltd
Foodland Properties Pty Ltd
Foodland Property Holdings Pty. Ltd.
Foodland Property Unit Trust
Garden Fresh Produce Pty Ltd
Garden Fresh Produce Trust
Gawler Supermarkets Pty. Ltd.
Global Liquor Wholesalers Pty. Limited
(formerly Cotswrap Pty Limited)
GP New Co Pty Ltd
Green Triangle Meatworks Pty Limited
Harvest Liquor Pty. Ltd.
IGA Community Chest Limited (ii)
IGA Distribution (SA) Pty Limited (i)
IGA Distribution (Vic) Pty Limited (i)
IGA Distribution (WA) Pty Limited (i)
IGA Distribution Pty Limited (i)
IGA Fresh (Northern Queensland) Pty Limited
IGA Fresh (NSW) Pty Limited
IGA Pacific Pty Limited
IGA Retail Network Limited (ii)
IGA Retail Services Pty Limited
Independent Brands Australia Pty Limited (ii)
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–
–
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
74
100
100
100
100
Jewel Food Stores Pty. Ltd.
Jewel Superannuation Fund Pty Ltd
Jorgensens Confectionery Pty. Limited
Keithara Pty. Ltd.
Knoxfield Transport Service Pty. Ltd.
M C International Australia Pty Limited
Melton New Co Pty Ltd
Metcash Export Services Pty Ltd
Metcash Holdings Pty Ltd
Metcash Management Pty Limited
Metcash Services Proprietary Limited
Metcash Storage Pty Limited
Metcash Trading Limited (i)
Metoz Holding Limited
Metro Cash & Carry Pty Limited
Mirren (Australia) Pty. Ltd.
Mittenmet Limited *
Moorebank Transport Pty Ltd
Moucharo Pty. Ltd.
Newton Cellars Pty Ltd
NFRF Developments Pty Ltd
Nu Fruit Pty. Ltd.
NZ Holdco Limited (ii)
Payless Superbarn (N.S.W.) Pty Ltd
Payless Superbarn (VIC.) Pty. Ltd.
Pinnacle Holdings Corporation Pty Limited
Plympton Properties Pty. Ltd.
Property Reference Pty. Limited
QIW Pty Limited
Queensland Independent Wholesalers Pty Limited
Quickstop Pty Ltd (i)
Rainbow Supermarkets Pty Ltd
Rainbow Unit Trust
Rainfresh Vic Pty. Ltd.
Regeno Pty Limited
Regzem (No 3) Pty. Ltd.
Regzem (No 4) Pty. Ltd.
Rennet Pty. Ltd.
Retail Merchandise Services Pty. Limited
Retail Stores Development Finance Pty. Limited
Rockblock Pty. Ltd.
R.S.D.F. Nominees Pty. Ltd.
Soetensteeg 2 61 Exploitatiemaatschappij BV
SR Brands Pty Ltd
Stonemans (Management) Proprietary Limited
Stonemans Self Service Pty. Ltd.
Tasher No 8 Pty. Ltd.
Tasman Liquor Company Limited
Vawn No 3 Pty. Ltd.
Wickson Corporation Pty Limited
Wimbledon Unit Trust
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
South Africa
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Netherlands
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
New Zealand
Australia
Australia
Australia
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50.1
100
100
100
51
51
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
51
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–
100
100
100
51
51
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
51
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
90
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
24 RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURE (CONTINUED)
(b) ULTIMATE PARENT
Metcash Limited is the ultimate parent entity.
* Mittenmet Limited
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Mittenmet Limited and the subsidiaries listed in the following table.
PERCENTAGE OF EQUITY
INTEREST HELD BY MITTENMET
NAME
ACN 001 259 570 Pty Ltd (In Liquidation)
ACN 007 702 721 (SA) Ltd (In Liquidation)
ACN 008 698 093 (WA) Ltd Ltd
Anzam (Aust.) Pty Ltd
Australian Hardware Support Services Pty Ltd
Chelsea Heights Operations Pty Limited
DIY Superannuation Pty Ltd
Handyman Stores Pty Ltd
Hardware Property Trust
Himaco Pty Ltd
Lilydale Operations Pty Limited
Mega Property Management Pty Ltd
Mitre 10 Limited
Mitre 10 Australia Ltd
Mitre 10 Mega Pty Ltd
Modbury Operations Pty Ltd (In Liquidation)
National Retail Support Services Pty Ltd
Ringwood Operations Pty Ltd (In Liquidation)
South Coast Operations Pty Ltd
South West Operations Pty Ltd
Sydney Importing Co Limited
Timber and Hardware Exchange Pty Ltd
WA Hardware Services Pty Ltd
COUNTRY OF INCORPORATION
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
2010
%
100
100
99.44
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
97.65
52.00
100
2009
%
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
91
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
24 RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURE (CONTINUED)
(c) ENTITIES SUBJECT TO CLASS ORDER RELIEF
Pursuant to an order from ASIC under section 340(1) of the Corporations Act dated 26 April 2006 which is based on Class Order 98/1418
(Order), relief has been granted to certain controlled entities of Metcash Limited, being those marked (i), from the Corporations Act requirements
for preparation, audit and lodgment of their financial reports. As a condition of the Order, Metcash Limited and the controlled entities, being those
marked as (i) (the Closed Group) entered into a Deed of Cross Guarantee on 27 April 2006 or assumption deed on 17 January 2007. The
entities marked (ii) are also party to the Deed of Cross Guarantee, but are not eligible for inclusion in the financial reporting relief. The effect of the
deed is that Metcash Limited has guaranteed to pay any deficiency in the event of winding up of these controlled entities. These controlled entities
have also given similar guarantees in the event that Metcash Limited is wound up.
The Statement of Comprehensive Income and Statement of Financial Position of the entities that are members of the ‘Closed Group’ are as follows:
(i) Statement of Comprehensive Income
Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit after tax
Net profit for the financial year
Retained profits at the beginning of the financial year
Dividends provided for or paid
Retained profits at the end of the financial year
(ii) Statement of Financial Position
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Other
Total Current Assets
Non-Current Assets
Receivables
Investments
Property, plant and equipment
Net Deferred tax assets
Intangible assets
Total Non-Current Assets
Total Assets
LIABILITIES
Current Liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Current tax liabilities
Provisions
Total Current Liabilities
Non-Current Liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Provisions
Total Non-current Liabilities
Total Liabilities
NET ASSETS
EQUITY
Contributed equity
Other equity
Reserves
Retained profits
TOTAL EQUITY
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
92
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
CLOSED GROUP
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
320.4
(98.8)
221.6
221.6
131.2
(191.3)
161.5
177.3
752.3
755.3
4.9
293.4
(89.4)
204.0
204.0
95.5
(168.3)
131.2
135.3
819.5
680.5
5.6
1,689.8
1,640.9
65.4
2,450.4
127.0
14.3
1,036.8
3,693.9
5,383.7
1,078.5
5.1
43.5
32.8
1,159.9
2,886.5
17.2
2,903.7
4,063.6
1,320.1
1,892.2
(765.9)
32.3
161.5
1,320.1
40.1
2,439.7
104.8
14.3
1,017.2
3,616.1
5,257.0
1,053.3
5.0
42.0
26.7
1,127.0
2,826.8
18.5
2,845.3
3,972.3
1,284.7
1,889.7
(765.9)
29.7
131.2
1,284.7
24 RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURE (CONTINUED)
(d) TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
RELATED PARTY
CONSOLIDATED
Associates
Sales to Associates
Dividends received from associates
2010
2009
2010
2009
SALES TO
RELATED PARTIES
$'m
PURCHASES FROM
RELATED PARTIES
$'m
OTHER TRANSACTIONS
WITH RELATED PARTIES
$'m
1,224.5
1,188.3
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2.0
1.3
Other transactions with Key Management Personnel
Mr Barnes is Chairman of Samuel Smith and Sons Pty Ltd and a Director of Ansell, both organisations are suppliers to the entity under normal
commercial terms and conditions. The total level of purchases from both companies is less than 0.4% of Metcash’s annual purchases and is not
considered material.
Parent
Associates
There were no transactions between the parent and its associates during the year (2009: nil).
SALES TO RELATED
PARTIES
$'m
PURCHASES FROM
RELATED PARTIES
$'m
OTHER TRANSACTIONS
WITH RELATED PARTIES
$'m
RELATED PARTY
Subsidiaries
Dividend received
2010
2009
2010
Current tax payable/ (receivable)
assumed from wholly owned consolidated entities 2009
Management fees received
Interest accrued
2010
2009
2010
2009
Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties
All transactions with related parties are made on normal commercial terms and conditions.
Terms and conditions of the tax funding arrangement are set out in Note 5.
(e) AMOUNTS DUE FROM OR PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTIES
RELATED PARTY
CONSOLIDATED
Associates
Trade Accounts Receivable
Loans Receivable
PARENT
Subsidiaries
Loans receivable
Loans Payable
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
199.1
183.6
43.6
42.0
177.3
207.2
174.7
202.7
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
105.9
46.2
127.1
23.5
1,314.4
3,194.3
1,125.3
3,019.7
Terms and conditions of amounts due from and payable to related parties
Loans and trade accounts receivable are due and payable on normal commercial terms and conditions.
For the year ending 30 April 2010, the Group has not made any allowance for impairment loss relating to trade accounts receivable or loans due
from associates.
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
93
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
25 DIRECTORS’ AND EXECUTIVES’ DISCLOSURES
(a) DETAILS OF KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
DIRECTORS
Carlos S dos Santos
Peter L Barnes
Andrew Reitzer
Michael R Butler
Neil D Hamilton
Michael R Jablonski
Edwin M Jankelowitz
Lou Jardin*
Richard A Longes
V Dudley Rubin
Non-executive Chairman
Non-executive Deputy Chairman
Chief Executive Officer
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
Group Merchandise Director
Finance Director
Former CEO IGA Distribution
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
EXECUTIVES
Ken Bean
Fergus Collins
Peter Dubbelman
Adrian Gratwicke
Bernard Hale
David Johnston
Silvestro Morabito
Harry Rumpler
CEO Group Logistics and Corporate Development
CEO Australian Liquor Marketers
CEO Campbells Wholesale
General Manager Finance
Chief Information Officer
Chief Human Resources Officer
CEO IGA Distribution (appointed 17 February 2010)
CEO IGA Fresh
* Mr Jardin resigned from the Metcash Board on 9 February 2010 and was not considered a Key Management Personnel subsequent to this date.
Mr Mark Laidlaw was appointed CEO of Mitre 10 on 29 April 2010. Due to the timing of this appointment, he did not act as Key Management
Personnel for the period. Mr Mark Burrowes, the former CEO of Mitre 10, is not considered to have acted as Key Management Personnel from the
period of acquisition, 25 March 2010 to 29 April 2010 as he does not meet the definition of Key Management Personnel.
The Group has applied the exemption under Corporations Amendments Regulations 2006 which exempts listed companies from providing
remuneration disclosures in relation to their Key Management Personnel in their annual financial reports by Accounting Standard AASB 124
Related Party Disclosures. These disclosures are provided within the Directors’ Report designated as audited.
(b) OPTION HOLDING OF KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
30 APRIL 2010
Directors
C S dos Santos
P Barnes
M Butler
R Longes
D Rubin
A Reitzer
M Jablonski
E Jankelowitz
L Jardin*
Executives
K Bean
F Collins
P Dubbelman
A Gratwicke
B Hale
D Johnston
S Morabito**
H Rumpler
Total
BALANCE AT
BEGINNING OF
PERIOD 1 MAY 2009
GRANTED AS
REMUNERATION
OPTIONS
EXERCISED
OTHER
ADJUSTMENTS
BALANCE
AT END OF
PERIOD 30 APRIL 2010
VESTED AT 30 APRIL 2010
TOTAL
EXERCISABLE
–
–
–
–
–
1,200,000
650,000
650,000
650,000
400,000
50,000
400,000
550,000
990,000
400,000
–
550,000
6,490,000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(7,000)
(340,000)
–
(300)
–
(347,300)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
400,000
–
400,000
–
–
–
–
–
1,200,000
650,000
650,000
650,000
400,000
50,000
400,000
543,000
650,000
400,000
399,700
550,000
–
–
–
–
–
960,000
520,000
520,000
520,000
320,000
40,000
320,000
33,000
520,000
320,000
39,700
40,000
–
–
–
–
–
960,000
520,000
520,000
520,000
320,000
40,000
320,000
33,000
520,000
320,000
39,700
40,000
6,542,700
4,152,700
4,152,700
* Mr Jardin resigned from the Metcash Board on 9 February 2010 and ceased to be a key management personnel at this time. Mr Jardin can
exercise his options until his employment ceases on 1 March 2011.
** Mr Morabito was appointed CEO IGA Distribution 17 February 2010. Mr Morabito held 400,000 options prior to his appointment, which
are reflected as other adjustments.
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
94
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
25 DIRECTORS’ AND EXECUTIVES’ DISCLOSURES (CONTINUED)
30 APRIL 2009
Directors
C S dos Santos
P Barnes
M Butler
R Longes
D Rubin
A Reitzer
M Jablonski
E Jankelowitz
L Jardin
Executives
K Bean
F Collins
P Dubbelman
A Gratwicke
B Hale
D Johnston
H Rumpler
Total
BALANCE AT
BEGINNING OF
PERIOD 1 MAY 2008
GRANTED AS
REMUNERATION
OPTIONS
EXERCISED
OTHER
ADJUSTMENTS
BALANCE AT
END OF PERIOD
30 APRIL 2009
VESTED AT 30 APRIL 2009
TOTAL
EXERCISABLE
–
–
–
–
–
1,200,000
650,000
650,000
650,000
400,000
50,000
400,000
50,000
990,000
400,000
50,000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
500,000
–
–
500,000
5,490,000
1,000,000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1,200,000
650,000
650,000
650,000
400,000
50,000
400,000
550,000
990,000
400,000
550,000
–
–
–
–
–
720,000
390,000
390,000
390,000
240,000
30,000
240,000
30,000
170,000
240,000
30,000
–
–
–
–
–
720,000
390,000
390,000
390,000
240,000
30,000
240,000
30,000
170,000
240,000
30,000
6,490,000
2,870,000
2,870,000
(c) SHAREHOLDING OF KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
30 APRIL 2010
Directors
C S dos Santos
P Barnes
A Reitzer
M Butler
N Hamilton
M Jablonski
E Jankelowitz
L Jardin*
R Longes
D Rubin
Executives
K Bean
F Collins
P Dubbelman
A Gratwicke
B Hale
D Johnston
S Morabito
H Rumpler
Total
BALANCE AT
BEGINNING OF
PERIOD 1 MAY 2009
GRANTED AS
REMUNERATION
ON MARKET TRADE
OPTIONS
EXERCISED
OTHER
ADJUSTMENTS
BALANCE AT THE
END OF THE PERIOD
30 APRIL 2010
54,100
177,083
1,750,000
50,000
–
–
520,000
–
128,154
15,000
–
1,600
400,350
35,242
270,000
80,000
–
–
3,481,529
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
20,000
–
(200,000)
–
–
–
–
–
(350,000)
3,708
–
–
–
–
(526,292)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
7,000
340,000
–
300
–
347,300
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
5,400
–
5,400
54,100
177,083
1,750,000
50,000
20,000
–
320,000
–
128,154
15,000
–
1,600
50,350
45,950
610,000
80,000
5,700
–
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
3,307,937
95
* Mr Jardin resigned from the Metcash Board on 9 February 2010 and ceased to be a key management personnel at this time.
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
25 DIRECTORS’ AND EXECUTIVES’ DISCLOSURES (CONTINUED)
BALANCE AT
BEGINNING OF
PERIOD 1 MAY 2008
GRANTED AS
REMUNERATION
ON MARKET TRADE
OPTIONS
EXERCISED
OTHER
ADJUSTMENTS
(DRP ISSUE)
BALANCE AT THE END
OF THE PERIOD
30 APRIL 2009
54,100
177,083
1,750,000
50,000
–
–
520,000
329,986
128,154
15,000
–
1,600
500,350
35,242
510,000
80,000
–
4,151,515
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(329,986)
–
–
–
–
(100,000)
–
(240,000)
–
–
(669,986)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
30 APRIL 2009
Directors
C S dos Santos
P Barnes
A Reitzer
M Butler
N Hamilton
M Jablonski
E Jankelowitz
L Jardin
R Longes
D Rubin
Executives
K Bean
F Collins
P Dubbelman
A Gratwicke
B Hale
D Johnston
H Rumpler
Total
(d) COMPENSATION BY CATEGORY
Short-Term
Long-Term
Post Employment
Termination Benefits
Share-Based Payments
Total
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
54,100
177,083
1,750,000
50,000
–
–
520,000
–
128,154
15,000
–
1,600
400,350
35,242
270,000
80,000
–
3,481,529
METCASH GROUP
2010
$'m
12.1
3.0
0.4
–
0.4
15.9
2009
$'m
12.5
3.6
0.7
–
1.1
17.9
The Group has applied the option under Corporations Amendments Regulation 2006 to transfer key management personnel remuneration
disclosures, required by AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures paragraphs Aus 25.4 to Aus 25.7.2, to the Remuneration Report section of the
Directors’ Report.
The remuneration report has been audited.
(e) LOANS TO KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
There are no loans to key management personnel.
(f) OTHER TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES WITH KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
There are no other transactions and balances with key management personnel.
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
96
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
26 AUDITOR'S REMUNERATION
an audit or review of the financial report of the entity and any other entity in the consolidated entity
tax compliance
assurance related
Amounts received or due and receivable by Ernst & Young (Australia) for:
–
–
–
Amounts received or due and receivable by related practices of Ernst & Young (Australia) for:
–
tax compliance
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
2010
$
2009
$
2010
$
2009
$
1,455,300
1,237,065
311,255
10,230
3,013,850
1,580,500
683,041
17,800
–
2,281,341
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
27 BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
(a) THE METCASH GROUP ACQUIRED THE ASSETS OF THE FOLLOWING ENTITIES:
DATE OF ACQUISITION
ENTITY PURCHASED
11 May 2009
1 July 2009
25 March 2010
12 April 2010
Fresh Meat Markets (FMM)
Produce Traders Trust – Citi Fruit (PTT)
Mittenmet Limited Group – Mitre 10 Australia (M10)
Cellarbrations at Baulkham Hills New South Wales
(1) Acquisition of business assets.
(2) Acquisition of majority interest. Produce Traders Trust is now 100% owned.
Details of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired are as follows:
(b) Purchase consideration:
Cash paid to date
Direct costs relating to the acquisition
Total purchase consideration
Less cash acquired
Net purchase consideration
Associate Investment
Fair value of net identifiable assets acquired (c)
Goodwill
(c) Assets and liabilities acquired
The assets and liabilities arising from the acquisition are as follows:
Accounts receivable
Prepayments
Assets held for sale
Property, plant and equipment
Inventory
Investment in associate
Trade names
Customer contracts
Deferred tax assets
Other non current assets
Fair Value of forward currency contracts
Creditors and employee benefits provision
Borrowings
Minority interest
Fair value of net identifiable assets acquired attributable
to the parent
% ACQUIRED
100% (1)
60% (2)
50.1%
100% (1)
TOTAL
$'m
66.7
4.5
71.2
(11.2)
60.0
0.3
(21.1)
39.2
110.3
0.8
4.0
20.6
28.8
6.1
27.2
9.9
5.9
3.2
(0.6)
(127.2)
(12.8)
(55.1)
21.1
MITRE 10
$'m
OTHER
$'m
55.2
3.4
58.6
(10.9)
47.7
–
(20.4)
27.3
107.7
0.8
4.0
18.8
28.3
6.1
27.2
9.9
5.9
3.2
(0.6)
(123.0)
(12.8)
(55.1)
20.4
11.5
1.1
12.6
(0.3)
12.3
0.3
(0.7)
11.9
2.6
–
–
1.8
0.5
–
–
–
–
–
–
(4.2)
–
–
0.7
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
97
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
27 BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED)
The fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of FMM and PTT approximated their carrying values at the dates of acquisition.
The results of FMM and PTT from acquisition to 30 April 2010 have not been disclosed separately as they are not significant to the total Group results.
The revenue and results of the total Metcash Group for the period ended 30 April 2010, as though FMM and PTT had been acquired on
1 May 2009, would not be significantly different from the Group results as currently reported.
The accounting for the above business combinations is provisional as at 30 April 2010.
(d) In addition to the $60.0 million paid for business acquisition disclosed at (b) above, an amount of $2.0 million was paid in July 2009 in final
settlement of the Market Garden Produce acquisition. An amount of $2.4 million was provided at 30 April 2009 for this settlement.
The difference of $0.4 million has been taken against goodwill.
(e) The acquisition by Metcash of 50.1% of the Mitre 10 business was through the issue of ordinary shares in Mittenmet Limited, the immediate
parent undertaking of Mitre 10 . The former shareholders of Mitre 10 were issued with Convertible Redeemable Preference Shares,
representing the remaining 49.9% interest in Mittenmet Limited. Metcash paid $27.61 million for the equity, and advanced a further $27.61
million in the form of a loan. This loan will be converted to equity on 30 June 2010 at a rate dependent upon the result of Mitre 10 for the
year then ended.
Metcash has the option to force the redemption of the preference shares as at 30 June 2012 or 2013 at a rate dependent up on the results
to date. Otherwise, if they do not exercise that option, they will convert to ordinary shares at that date. Metcash has the option to force the
redemption of the preference shares as at 30 June 2012 or 2013 at a rate dependent upon the results to date. Otherwise, if they do not
exercise that option, they will convert to ordinary shares at that date. The purchase price accounting for the final consideration for Mitre 10 is
based upon Management's judgement that EBITDA for the year ending 30 June 2010 falls within a specified range and no adjustment to the
purchase consideration is required.
(f) The consolidated statement of comprehensive income includes sales revenue and profit after tax for the year ended 30 April 2010 of
$61.6 million and $1.0 million respectively, as a result of the acquisition of 50.1% of Mitre 10 (M10). Had the acquisition of M10 occurred
at the beginning of the reporting period, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income would have reported revenue and profit after tax
of $12,375.8 million and $241.6 million respectively.
(g) In the prior period ended 30 April 2009, the Metcash Group acquired the assets of the following entities:
DATE OF ACQUISITION
ENTITY PURCHASED
2 June 2008
3 July 2008
16 August 2008
28 December 2008
28 November 2008
5 February 2009
1 April 2009
Market Garden Produce (MGP)
Solomons Food Group (SFG) – Produce
APFB GemFruitz (APFB)
IGA Fresh (NSW) Pty Ltd (formerly RKH Services Pty Ltd)
Rainfresh Group (Rainfresh Pty Ltd, Nufruit Pty Ltd, NFRF Developments Pty Ltd)
Solomons Food Group (SFG) – Food Service
Kelly’s Providores Pty Ltd
% ACQUIRED
100%
100% (1)
100% (1)
26% (2)
51%
100% (1)
100% (1)
(1) Acquisition of business assets.
(2) Acquisition of minority interest. On 29 February 2008, Metcash acquired 74% of RKH Services Pty Ltd (Dark Earth) demerged Australian
business. The total cost of the combination was $2.4 million and comprised cash and transaction costs directly attributable to the combination.
IGA Fresh (NSW) Pty Ltd is now 100% owned.
28 EARNINGS PER SHARE
The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:
Net profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of Metcash Limited
Adjustments:
Earnings used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic earnings per share
Effect of dilutive securities
Share options
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating diluted earnings per share
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
227.6
202.5
227.6
NUMBER
202.5
NUMBER
765,178,865
764,843,880
1,129,914
579,379
766,308,779
765,423,259
There have been no other transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares between the reporting date and the date of completion
of these financial statements.
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
O
T
S
E
T
O
N
98
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
29 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
The Company and certain controlled entities have granted Bank guarantees to third parties in respect
of property lease obligations to the value of
The Company and certain controlled entities have granted Bank guarantees in respect of Workcover in WA
The total face value of the outstanding charges due to American Express under the charge card arrangement is
The Company and certain controlled entities have granted put options to third parties to the value of
FRANKLINS
Refer to Note 30 Subsequent events in respect of Franklins.
AMERICAN EXPRESS CHARGE CARD
METCASH GROUP
METCASH LIMITED
2010
$'m
19.2
3.2
146.0
13.3
2009
$'m
18.4
3.2
77.3
13.6
2010
$'m
2009
$'m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
On the 9th May 2007 Metcash Trading Limited entered into an agreement with American Express (Amex), due to expire on 31 July 2012, in
relation to Customer Charge Cards. Under the agreement, should a customer default on payment, where Amex has previously made a payment to
Metcash Trading Limited, then Metcash Trading Limited must pay Amex an amount equal to the charge outstanding.
The maximum amount payable shall be limited to the actual face value of the outstanding charge due to Amex. This does not include any interest
or other fees payable by the customer to Amex. Metcash Trading Limited shall have no other obligation to Amex in respect of the outstanding
charge and shall not be liable for any costs, loss or liability of any nature whatsoever incurred by Amex as a result of the failure by the customer to
make payment.
PUT OPTIONS FOR SALE OF RETAIL STORE ASSETS
The Company and certain controlled entities have granted put options relating to the sale of retail store assets to certain customers and associates.
The holders of the put options have the right to "put" these non-financial assets back to the Company within an agreed period and under certain
prescribed circumstances. The estimate of the financial effect of the put options, if exercised, is the aggregate of the purchase price as defined in the
option deed or business sale agreement.
30 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On 9 June 2010, the Group entered into a number of Interest Rate Swap contracts with various major Australian Banks. The principal hedged is
$300,000,000 with a weighted hedge maturity of 2 years and a weighted average interest rate of 5.059%. The Group considers that these
derivatives will be effective hedges in accordance with AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and will be accounted for
as a cash flow hedge in accordance with the Company’s stated accounting policies.
On 1 July 2010, the Group entered into an agreement with Pick n Pay Retailers (Pty) Limited (Pick n Pay) of South Africa to acquire the shares of
Interfrank Group Holdings Pty Ltd, the company which owns the Franklins business (which consists of 85 Supermarkets, comprising 77 corporate
stores plus supply to 8 franchised stores), from Pick n Pay for a consideration of approximately $215,000,000, to be paid on completion –
expected by 30 September, 2010.
N
O
T
E
S
T
O
T
H
E
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
99
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
DIRECTORS' DECLARATION
In accordance with a resolution of the directors of Metcash Limited, I state that:
1.
In the opinion of the directors:
(a)
The financial statements, notes and the additional disclosures included in the directors’ report designated as audited, of the Company and
of the consolidated entity are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:
(i)
Giving a true and fair view of the Company’s and consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 April 2010 and of their
performance for the year ended on that date; and
(ii)
Complying with Accounting Standards and Corporations Regulations 2001; and
(b)
There are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.
2.
This declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made to the directors in accordance with section 295A of the
Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year ending 30 April 2010.
3.
In the opinion of the directors, as at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Closed
Group identified in note 24 will be able to meet any obligation or liabilities to which they are or may become subject, by virtue of the Deed
of Cross Guarantee.
On behalf of the Board
Andrew Reitzer
Director
Sydney, 9 July 2010
N
O
I
T
A
R
A
L
C
E
D
'
S
R
O
T
C
E
R
I
D
100
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
AUDITOR'S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION
Year ended 30 April 2010
Auditor's Independence Declaration to the Directors of Metcash Limited
In relation to our audit of the financial report of Metcash Limited for the year ended 30 April 2010, to the best of my knowledge and belief,
there have been no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 or any applicable code of
professional conduct.
Ernst & Young
Michael J Wright
Partner
Date: 9 July 2010
A
U
D
I
T
O
R
'
S
I
N
D
E
P
E
N
D
E
N
C
E
D
E
C
L
A
R
A
T
I
O
N
101
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
Liability limited by a scheme approved
under Professional Standards Legislation
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
Independent auditor’s report to the members Metcash Limited
Report on the Financial Report
We have audited the accompanying financial report of Metcash Limited, which comprises the statement of financial position as at 30 April 2010,
and the statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for the year ended on that date, a summary
of significant accounting policies, other explanatory notes and the directors’ declaration of the consolidated entity comprising the company and the
entities it controlled at the year’s end or from time to time during the financial year.
Directors’ Responsibility for the Financial Report
The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in accordance with the Australian
Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the Corporations Act 2001. This responsibility includes establishing
and maintaining internal controls relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report that is free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error; selecting and applying appropriate accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are reasonable in the
circumstances. In Note 2, the directors also state that the financial report, comprising the financial statements and notes, complies with International
Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
Auditor’s Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with
Australian Auditing Standards and International Standards on Auditing. These Auditing Standards require that we comply with relevant ethical
requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free
from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial report. The procedures selected
depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In
making those risk assessments, we consider internal controls relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in order
to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the
entity’s internal controls. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting
estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Independence
In conducting our audit we have met the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001. We have given to the directors of the company
a written Auditor’s Independence Declaration, a copy of which is included by reference in the directors’ report. In addition to our audit of the
financial report, we were engaged to undertake the services disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. The provision of these services has
not impaired our independence.
Liability limited by a scheme approved
under Professional Standards Legislation
T
R
O
P
E
R
S
'
R
O
T
I
D
U
A
T
N
E
D
N
E
P
E
D
N
I
102
0
1
0
2
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A
H
S
A
C
T
E
M
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT (CONTINUED)
Auditor’s Opinion
In our opinion:
1.
the financial report of Metcash Limited is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:
(i)
giving a true and fair view of the financial position of Metcash Limited and the consolidated entity at 30 April 2010 and of their
performance for the year ended on that date; and
(ii)
complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the
Corporations Regulations 2001.
2.
the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
Report on the Remuneration Report
We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 45 to 53 of the directors’ report for the year ended 30 April 2010. The directors of
the company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations
Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian
Auditing Standards.
Auditor’s Opinion
In our opinion the Remuneration Report of Metcash Limited for the year ended 30 April 2010, complies with section 300A of the Corporations
Act 2001.
Ernst & Young
Michael J Wright
Partner
Sydney
Date: 9 July 2010
I
N
D
E
P
E
N
D
E
N
T
A
U
D
I
T
O
R
'
S
R
E
P
O
R
T
103
M
E
T
C
A
S
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
0
ASX ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Year ended 30 April 2010
Additional information required by the Australian Securities Exchange and not shown elsewhere in this report is as follows.
The information is current as at 9 July 2010.
(a) DISTRIBUTION OF EQUITY SECURITIES
The number of shareholders, by size of holding, in each class of share are:
(cid:51)(cid:41)(cid:58)(cid:37)(cid:0)(cid:47)(cid:38)(cid:0)(cid:40)(cid:47)(cid:44)(cid:36)(cid:41)(cid:46)(cid:39)(cid:0)
1–1,000
1,001–5,000
5,001-–10,000
10,001–100,000
100,001–-9,999,999,999
Total
There were 376 shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel of Metcash ordinary shares.
(b) TWENTY LARGEST SHAREHOLDERS
The names of the 20 largest holders of quoted shares are:
(cid:0)
(cid:46)(cid:33)(cid:45)(cid:37)(cid:0)
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
National Nominees Limited
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited
RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited
Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above